Hiiii Hin iiiiiiiiiii! iliiiill i 11i!i^i:.Hini;M5: ?5;; ;-■'!■ ' -■ r \ ' '5 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2007 with funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/details/firstbookinlatinOOtuelrich E\}t Stutients* Scries of ilattu Classics A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN BY HIRAM TUELL, A.M., Principal op the Milton (Mass.) High School AND HAROLD NORTH FOWLER, Ph.D. Professor in the Western Reserve University; formerly Professor OF Latin in the J.'hillips Exeter Academy LEACH, SHEWELL, & SANBORN BOSTON. NEW YORK. CHICAGO 7^0 COPTRIGHT, 1893, Bt HIRAM TUELL and HAROLD NORTH FOWLER. J. S. Gushing & Co. — Berwick & Smith Boston, Mass., U.S.A. OF THR HIVERSITT PREFACE, /li/tf/^ r The vocabulary of this book contains about seven ^ ^ hundred words, exclusive of proper names. Although a few words not found in Caesar have been used as material for paradigms, illustrations, and sen- tences on familiar subjects, by far the greater part of the vocabulary has been selected from the first four books of the GoIUg War. Indeegl,, nearly every word which Caesar uses six or more times in these four books will be found here ; and they form so large a proportion of the text of Caesar that a pupil who has mastered the vocabulary of this book will find himself familiar with eighty-five per cent of the words on an average page of the Gallic War. To ensure the acquisition of the vocabulary, every word, when first introduced, is used in at least three consecutive chapters; and the small number of words has compelled their more frequent repetition in later chapters. The illustrative sentences — which, in all cases, pre- cede the rules of syntax — contain, with few exceptions, only words already found in the exercises. IV PREFACE. Each principle of syntax appears in at least three successive chapters, when first introduced, and is after- wards frequently repeated. The development of the verb is slow, and carefully graded with reference to the difficulty of acquirement. The exercises on forms are designed to be easy drill- exercises, and contain no new words. They are numer- ous, and are capable of indefinite expansion at the will of the teacher. The carefully graded reading lessons, beginning with Chapter XXX., contain the story of the first book of the Gallic War, and so prepare the pupil to begin the read- ing of Caesar, at the second book, with a proper under- standing of the previous narrative ; or at the first, with such a knowledge of its contents as to remove many of its difficulties. Few words are used which have not already occurred in the exercises ; and whenever new words are introduced, their translation is given in parenthesis. The illustrations and exercises of Chapter LXI. (on indirect discourse) can be omitted without causing inconvenience in the use of the rest of the book. The derivation and composition of words "are treated more fully than is usual in books for beginners, in the hope that a simple presentation of important parts of these subjects may lighten the pupil's subsequent labors. It is expected that the book will prove easier than the ordinary first book, on account of its small vocabulary PREFACE. V and careful gradation, and will contribute far more to the rapidity and pleasure of later progress in conse- quence of the principle which has guided the selection of the words and the more thorough mastery of their meanings. We desire to acknowledge our indebtedness to Henry Snyder, A.M., Superintendent of the Schools of Jersey City, who made valuable contributions in the earlier stages of the work, and to Professor E. M. Pease, of Leland Stanford Junior University, editor-in-chief of this series, whose criticisms and suggestions at every stage have been very helpful. HIRAM TUELL. HAROLD N. FOWLER. TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER PAGE I. Introductory Matter 1 II. First Declension, — Subject and Direct Object ... 8 III. First Declension {continued). — Genitive with Nouns . 11 IV. Present Indicative of Sum. — Agreement of Verbs . .-^ 12 V. Predicate Noun and Appositive 14 I. Second Declension : Nouns in -2is. — Indirect Object . 16 VII. Second Declension : Nouns in -um. — Adjectives in -uSy -a, -um. — Agreement of Adjectives .... 18 ''III. Second Declension : Nouns in -er and -ir. — Imperfect Indicative of Sum 21 IX. Adjectives in -er. — Future Indicative of Sum. — Dative of Possessor 23 X. Third Declension : Mute Stems 26 XI. Third Declension : Mute Stems {continued) . — First Conjugation : Present Indicative Active .... 28 XII. Third Declension : Liquid Stems. — First Conjuga- tion : Imperfect Indicative Active ol XIII. Third Declension {continued). — First Conjugation: '^' Future Indicative Active. — Ablative of Instrument 34 XIV. Third Declension : Stems in -i. — First Conjugation : Perfect Indicative Active. — Perfect Indicative of Sum. — Ablative of Manner 36 XV. Third Declension: Stems in -i {continued). — First - Conjugation : Pluperfect and Future-Perfect In- dicative Active. — Pluperfect and Future-Perfect Indicative of Sum. — Ablative of Accompaniment . 40 XVI. Third Declension : Mixed Stems. — Ablative of Time . 44 VII. Third Declension. — Rules for Gender 47 vii VUl TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER , PAGE K VIII. Adjectives of Three Terminations. — First Conju- l gation: Present Indicative Passive. — Ablative of Agent 50 ■ XIX. Adjectives of Two Terminations. — First Conju- \ gation: Imperfect Indicative Passive. — Abla- tive of Cause 53 XX. Adjectives of One Termination. — First Conjuga- \ tion: Future Indicative Passive. — Ablative of Specification 56 XXI. First Conjugation : Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future- Perfect Indicative Passive. — Descriptive Abla- tive 59 XXII. Comparison of Adjectives. — Declension of Com- paratives. — Ablative with Comparatives . . . 62 XXIII. Comparison of Adjectives (continued). — Partitive Genitive 65 XXIV. Irregular Comparison (continued). — Ablative of Degree of Difference 68 XXV. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs . . . . 71 XXVI. Fourth Declension. — Second Conjugation: Pres- ent Indicative Active 73 XXVII. Second Conjugation: Imperfect and Future Indica- tive Active. — Dative with Adjectives .... 75 XXVIII. Second Conjugation : Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-Perfect Indicative Active 77 XXIX. Second Conjugation: Present Indicative Passive. — Fifth Declension 79 XXX. Second Conjugation : Imperfect and Future In- dicative Passive. — Nine Irregular Adjectives. — Reading Lesson 82 , XXXI. Second Conjugation : Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-Perfect Indicative Passive 85 XXXII. Third Conjugation: Present Indicative Active. — Cardinal Numerals. — Accimative of Extent. — Reading Lesson 87 XXXIII. Third Conjugation: Imperfect and Future Indica- tive Active. — Ordinal Numerals 92 f CHAPTER XXXIV. \ XXXV. .XXXVI. XXXVII. XXXVIII. XLIII. XLIV. XLV. XLVI. XL VII. XLVIII. XLIX. L. LI. LII. TABLE OF CONTENTS. ix PAGE Third Conjugation : Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-Perfect Indicative Active. — Personal and Reflexive Pronouns. — Reading Lesson . 94 Third Conjugation : Present and Imperfect Pass- ive. — Possessive Pronouns 99 Third Conjugation : Future, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-Perfect Indicative Passive. — Read- ing Lesson 101 Demonstrative Pronouns 104 Demonstrative Pronouns (continued). — Reading Lesson 106 Fourth Conjugation : Present Indicative Active. — Relative Pronouns 109 Fourth Conjugation : Imperfect, Future, Per- fect, Pluperfect, and Future-Perfect Indicative Active. — Interrogative Pronouns. — Reading Lesson 112 Fourth Conjugation: Passive Voice. — Indefinite Pronouns 115 Infinitives of Sum : Infinitives of First and Sec- ond Conjugations. — Indirect Discourse (Ora- tio Obliqua) : Subject of the Infinitive. — Reading Lesson 118 Infinitives of Third and Fourth Conjugations. — Expressions of Place 122 Verbs in -io of the Third Conjugation. — Read- ing Lesson 125 Participles 128 Deponent Verbs. — Reading Lesson 130 Possum. — Infinitive not in Indirect Discourse . 133 Compounds of Sum. — Dative with Compounds. — Reading Lesson 136 Dative vjith Intransitive Verbs 138 Fero and Compounds of Fero. — Reading Lesson 140 Irregular Verbs Volo, Nolo, and 3Ial6 . . . 143 Irregular Verbs Eo and Fio. — Two Datives. — Reading Lesson 145 X TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER PAGE LIII. Derivation and Composition of Words 148 LIV. Subjunctive Mood. — Sequence of Tenses. — Indirect Questions 152 LV. Fii-st Conjugation : Subjunctive Active. — Clauses of Purpose {Final Clauses). — Reading Lesson . . 155 LVI. First Conjugation : Subjunctive Passive. — Clauses of Result (Consecutive Clauses) 158 LVIL Second Conjugation: Subjunctive Mood. — Purpose and Besult Clauses (continued). — Reading Lesson 160 LVIII. Imperative Constructions. — Wishes 163 LIX. Third Conjugation : Subjunctive Active and Passive. — Conditional Sentences. — Reading Lesson . . 166 LX. Fourth Conjugation : Subjunctive Active and Passive. — Clauses icith Cum 172 LXL Subjunctive of Irregular Verbs. — Indirect Discourse. — Reading Lesson 176 LXII. TarticiTples (Beview). — Ablative Absolute .... 181 LXIII. Gerund and Gerundive. — Reading Lesson .... 185 LXIV. Supine. — Expressions of Purpose 189 LXV. Periphrastic Conjugations. — Dative of Agent. — Read- ing Lesson 193 Selections for Sight-Reading 199 Paradigms of Verbs 205 Vocabularies 229 vJNIVERSITY A First Book in Latin. CHAPTER I. Introduction. 1. ALPHABET. The Latin alphabet has twenty-four letters : A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, R, S, T, U, V^^ X, Y, Z. It is the same as the English, with the omission of J and W. The letter I does duty for both I and J. 2. VOWELS. The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, and y. They are either long ("■), short (^), or common (-) ; that is, sometimes long and sometimes short. All the long vowels will be marked in this book. Un- marked vowels are to be regarded as short. 3. CONSONANTS. The consonants may be classified as follows : — ^p, b, are p mutes. Mutes : ■< t, d, are t mutes. ( k, c, g, q, are k mutes. 1 In pronunciation the Romans made u and v very much alike, and in many hooks u is printed for v and V for U. In fact, V is merely a consonant U. In this book, however, u and v are both used. 1 "A A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Liquids : Z, m, n, r. Spirants : /, i consonant, s, u ; s is also a sibilant. Double consonants \ x = cs or ^s, z = ds. H is only the sign of a rough breathing. Pronunciation. Note. — Latin is now pronounced differently in different countries. English-speaking people use either the Roman or the English method, 4. EOMAN METHOD. 1. Vowels. a has the sound of a in father. e has the sound of e in fete (like a in fate). I has the sound of i in machine. has the sound of o in holy. w'has the sound of oo in boot. y is rare. It was pronounced like u in French, or ii in Ger- man; that is, half-way between the sounds of l and w, as given above. The short vowels have the same sound as the corre- sponding long ones, but require less time for utterance. So a is like a in staff (pronounced broadly). e is like e in met. 1 is like i in pick. ' o is like o in wholly. u is like oo in hook. 2. Diphthongs. ae has the sound of ai in ai5?tf. au has the soujxd ofetf?^; in how. ei (rare) has the sound of ei in eight, eu (rare) has the sound of eu in feud, oe has the sound of oi in boil. For Mi, sometimes improperly called a diphthong, see 4, G. INTRODUCTION. 6 3. Consonants. Consonants have generally the same sounds as in English, but c has always the sound of c in can. g has always the sound of g in game, i consonant has always the sound of y in yet. s has always the sound of s in son or ijes.'^ t has always the sound of t in tone.^ V has always the sound of to in we. ch has always the sound of k. 4. Syllables. - ' In a Latin word there are as many syllables as there are vowels and diphthongs : a-gri-co-la, farmer. A single consonant between two vowels belongs in the syllable with the following vowel : a-ma-bam, / was loving. Two or more consonants between two vowels belong with the following vowel, if they can be pronounced with it:^ co-gno-sco, / recognize; in-du-stri-a, diligence; ne-gle-gen-ti-a, carelessness; for-tis, brave; al-tis-si-mus, highest; pu-el-la, (/jtZ; dl-xit, he said. Compound words are divided into their component parts, sub-it, under he goes. The last syllable of a word is called the idtima, the syllable before the last the penult, and the syllable before the penult the antepenult.* 1 Never soft nor like sh. 2 Never like t in nation. 8 In other words, any combination of consonants that begins a Latin word can begin a syllable. ^ Ultima is the Latin word for last ; penult is shortened from paene ultima, almost the last ; and antepenult means before the penult. 4 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 5. Quantity of Vbivels. Note. — In many instances the quantity of vowels can be learned only by observation, but the following rules will prove useful. A vowel before another vowel or h is short: vl-a, road; nl-hil, nothing. A vowel before nd or nt is short. Diphthongs, and vowels produced by contraction are long: nau-ta, sailor; co-go (for coago), I collect. A vowel before nf, 7is, gm, gn, and consonant i, is long : confer, compare; amans, iovi^ig ; «,gmeii,--7i^ ofiimrch; co- gnosce, recognize; cuius, aCivhorr^ ■ 6. Quantity of /Syllables. A syllable is long by nature when it contains a long vowel or a diphthong: ma-ter, mother; Oae-sar, Goesar. A syllable is long by position when it contains a short vowel followed by two or more consonants^ or x oi z: men-tis, of the mind;^ux, leader. A syllable is common when it contains a short vowel followed by a mute with Z or r : a-gri, fields. After q, ng, and sometimes s, also in cui (from qui and quis) and huic (from hie), u is pronounced together with the preceding letter, as in the English queen. It has no effect upon the quantity of the syllable in which or after which it stands : ali-cui, to any one ; un-gul-nis, of a finger- nail; qu!s, 2vho (interrogative) ; qui, who (relative) ; con- sue-sco, / am accustomed. 1 Observe that a long syllable does not necessarily contain a long vowel. In mensa, table, the e is long ; the word is therefore to be pronounced main-sa. In mentis, of the mind, the e is short, and the word is pronounced m&n-tis. The letter h is not a consonant, and does not affect the length of syllables. INTRODUCTION. 5 7. Accent. Words of two syllables are accented on the penult: i^Si'-tei, father ; ma'-ter, mother. Words of more than two syllables are accented on the penult when that is long ; otherwise on the antepenult : ca-pel'-la, a goat; e-pi'-stu-la, a letter; te'-ne-brae, darkness. A few short words called enclitics are added to the end of other words. The accent then falls upon the syllable before the enclitic : ego'que, and I; ibis'ne, shall you go f 5. ENGLISH METHOD. Latin is pronounced by the English method just as if the words were English. The rules for quantity and accent are the same as in the Eoman method, but the rules for quantity are generally disregarded except in so far as they affect the accent. In dividing words into syllables those who adopt the English pronunciation should observe the following rules : — 1. A single consonant or a mute with I or r following a penultimate or any unaccented vowel belongs with the following vowel: pa-ter, /a^/ier; re-gi-na, queen; ma-tro-na, matron. 2. A single consonant belongs with any preceding accented vowel, not penultimate, except u, but not when e or ^ before another vowel follows : dom-i-nus, master; but mo-ne-o, / advise. 3. In all other cases two or more consonants between two vowels are separated: cor-pus, body; im-pro-bus, wicked. 6. PARTS OF SPEECH. The kinds of words used in language are called parts of speech. They are the noun, the adjective, the pronoun, 6 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. the verb, and tlie particles, which inchide the adverb, the preposition, the conjunction, and the interjection. 7.^ GENDER. The names of males, rivers, winds, and months are masculine: Oaesar, Caesar; vir, man; Ehenus, Rhine; Notus, South ivind; lanuarius, January. The names of females, countries, towns, islands, and trees are feminine: Itilia, Julia; filia, daughter; Italia, Italy; Eoma, Rome; Britannia, Britain; populus, poplar. Indeclinable nouns are neuter : nihil, nothiiig. Special rules will be given later. 8. INFLECTION. The relations between words are denoted in English for the most part by means of prepositions and auxil- iaries or by the order of the words. When we say the master of the house, the relation between master and house is denoted by the preposition of; when we say the dog bites the man, the relation between the dog, the act ofhiti7ig, and the man, is denoted by the order of the words ; for if the order is reversed, the relations are also reversed. When we say I love him, the forms of the words show the relations. In Latin the relations between words are denoted almost exclusively by the forms of the words themselves, the forms being different according to the relations to be expressed. The changes in form which a word undergoes to denote different relations constitute the Inflection of the word. The inflection of nouns, adjectives, and pronouns, is called Declension ; the inflection of verbs is called Conjugation. INTRODUCTION. 7 1. Declension. Declined words have in Latin seven cases : Nomi- native, Genitive, Dative, Accusative, Vocative, Ablative, and Locative. The Nominative is the case of the subject of the sentence. The Genitive is used to denote possession and some other relations, and is most frequently to be rendered by of in English. The Dative is the case of the indirect object, and is most frequently to be rendered by to or for. The Accusative is the case of the direct object. The Vocative is the case of the person addressed. It has almost always the same form as the Nomi- native. The Ablative expresses various relations to be ex- pressed in English by prepositions ; as, from, with, by, in, etc. The Locative case denotes the place in which. This case exists only in names of towns and a few other words, and has generally the same form as the Dative or Ablative, sometimes that of the Genitive. There are five ways of declining nouns ; hence there are said to be five declensions. Adjectives and pronouns are also declined, but with different forms for different genders. 2. Conjugation. Latin verbs have three moods, Indicative, Subjunctive, Imperative ; also Infinitives, Participles, Gerund, Gerund- ive, and Supines. 8 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. The tenses of verbs in Latin are the same as in Eng- lish: Present, Imperfect, Future, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect. There are in Latin, as in English, two voices, the Active and the Passive. 9. NUMBER. In Latin, as in English, there are two numbers. Sin- gular and Plural Inflected words have in Latin dif- ferent forms for the two numbers. CHAPTER IL First or a-Declension. 10. PARADIGM. SINGULAR. PLURAL. .- N. mensa, a table. mensae, tables. ' G. mensae, of a table. mensarum, of tables. D. mensae, to or for a table. m^ensis, to or for tables. Ac. mensam, table. mensas, tables. V. mensa, thou table. mensae, ye tables. Ab. mensa, from, by, with, niensis, from, by, with, etc., etc., a table. tables. 1. In the above paradigm which cases are alike ? 2. What is the quantity of final a in the nominative singular ? 3. The cases are formed by adding endings to a com- mon part, called the stem. 4. In the first declension the stem ends in a. This FIRST OR a-DECLENSION. 9 final a of the stem is called the stem-vowel ^ or charac- teristic. 5. The stem-vowel joined with the case-ending forms the termination. 6. The stem is mensa, and may be found by dropping tlie ending -rum of the genitive plural. 7. Make a table of terminations from the paradigm above, and commit them to memory. 8. Gender. — Nouns of the first declension are fem- inine unless they denote males. 11. VOCABULARY. Cornelia, -ae, /., Corneha. amat, he, she, or it loves. domina, -ae, /., mistress. amant, they love. epistula, -ae, /., letter. laud at, he, she, or it praises fabula, -ae, /., story. laudant, they praise. Inilia, -ae, /. , Julia. habet, he, she, or it has. mensa, -ae, /., table. habent, they have. pictura, -ae, /., picture. narrat, he, she, or it tells. puella, -ae, /., girl. narrant, they tell. regina, -ae, /., queen. et, conj., a^d. rosa, -ae, /,, rose. quid, what. serva, -ae, /.', female servant, slave. Decline the nouns in the vocabulary like mensa, 12. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES, r Regina luliam amat, ^ 1. } luliam regina amat, >■ the queen loves Julia. i Amat luliam regina, ) r lulia amat reginam, \ 2. < Reginam amat lulia, >■ Julia loves the queen. ( Amat reginam lialia, ) 1 The stem-vowel does not usually appear, and sometimes the case- ending is lost. 10 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. / Epistulas lulia habet, y 3. } lulia epistulas habet, >■ Julia has the letters. ( Habet epistulas Julia, ) r Puella picturam habet, ^ 4. •< Picturam habet puella, > the girl has a picture. ( Pictiirani puella habet, ) Notice in the above sentences that a, an^ or the is used in the translation whenever the sense requires it, but* that there are no corresponding Latin words. Notice, also, that the subject is in the nominative, and the object in the accusative. 13. EuLE. — The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative. 14. EuLE. — The direct object is in the accusative. 15. EXERCISES. I. 1. Puella fabulam narrat. 2. Eegina puellas laudat. 3. Servae dominam amant. 4. Domina servas laudat. 5. Puellae luliaui laudant. 6. Cornelia et Itilia epi- stulas habent. 7. Domina mensam et picturam habet. 8. Puellae fabulas narrant. 9. Quid habet Cornelia? 10. Eosam habet. II. 1. Cornelia tells stories. 2. She praises the ser- vant. 3. The girls have roses. 4. They praise the queen. 5. The girl has a letter. 6. Julia has a table and pictures. 7. The servant loves the mistress. 8. The queen praises Julia and Cornelia. 9. The servants love the girls. 10. What have the girls ? FIRST OR a-DECLENSION. 11 CHAPTER III. First or a-Declension. — Continued. Genitive with Nouns. 16. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. L Puella bonam reginam amat, the girl loves the good queen. 2. Regiiia bona servas habet, the good queen has servants. 3. lulia servam Corneliae laudat, Julia praises Cornelians servant (the servant of Cornelia). 4. Regina rosae pioturam laudat, the queen praises the picture of the rose. Notice that the adjectives have the same terminations as their substantives, and that the adjective ^ may precede or follow its substantive. Notice, also, that Corneliae limits servam, and does not mean the same person ; that rosae limits picturam, and does not mean the same thing; and that Corneliae and rosae are in the genitive. 17. EuLE. — A noun limiting another noun and not meaning the same person or thing is in the genitive. 18. VOCABULARY. agricola, -ae, m., farmer. poeta, -ae, m., poet. ala, -ae, /., wing. alba, white. columba, -ae, /., dove. bona, good, filia,2 -ae, /., daughter. fida, faithful, trusty. nauta, -ae, m., sailor. longa, long. patria, -ae, /., native land. 1. Notice the gender of each noun in the above vocabulary. See 10. 8. 1 The adjective when emphatic precedes its substantive, otherwise it follows it. It more often precedes. 2 The dative and ablative plural of filia is usually filiabus. 12 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 2. The adjectives given above are to be used only with feminine nouns, and are to be declined like mensa. 3. Decline together bona puella, rosa alba, fida serva. 19. EXERCISE. I. 1. Poeta bonam f abulam narrat. 2. Agricolae f Idas servas laudant. 3. Fllia agricolae albam columbam habet. .> 4. Eegina bonam puellam amat. 5. Elliae nautarum longas epistulas habent. 6. !N"autae longas fabulas nar- rant. 7. Columba albas alas habet. 8. Puella poetarum fabulas laudat. 9. Domina luliae mensam longam habet. 10. Nauta patriam amat. ^. ^ / II. 1. Poets tell good stories. 2. Cornelia loves the good daughter of the sailor. 3. The queen's daughter has pictures. 4. The faithful girl loves the good queen. 5. The poet praises the good girl's letter. 6. The sailor tells a good story. 7. Julia has faithful servants. 8. What has the farmer's daughter? 9. She has a 7 white rose. 10. The girls praise the poets of thew * native land. CHAPTER IV. Present Indicative of Sum. Agreement of Verbs. 20. PRESENT INDICATIVE OF THE VERB SUTYl. SINGULAR. PLURAL. First Person, sum, lam. sumus, we are. Second Person, es, tliou art. estis, you are. Third Person, est, he, she, or it is. sunt, they are. PKESENT INDICATIVE OF SUm. 13 21. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Puella rosas habet, the girl has roses. 2. Puellae rosas habent, the girls have roses. 3. Est bona, she is good. 4. Sumus fidae, we are faithful. Notice that the subjects in (3) and (4) are not expressed by- separate words, but by the form of the verbs. Notice, also, that the verbs have different forms for subjects of different persons and numbers. 22. Rule. — A finite verb agrees ivith its subject in number and pei'son. 23. VOCABULARY. aqua, -ae, /., water. magna, large. Britannia, -ae, /., Britain. parva, small. silva, -ae, /., forest, woods. sum, I am. grata, welcome, pleasing. in (prep, with abl.), in, on. laeta, glad, cheerful. sed, conj., but. lata, broad. ubi, adv., where. 24. EXERCISES. I. 1. Sumus laetae. 2. Estis bonae. 3. Silvae Bri- tanniae sunt magnae. 4. Ubi est aqua? 5. Aqua est in silva. 6. Tabulae poetarum sunt gratae. 7. Agricolae^ mensa est lata. 8. Alae columbarum sunt albae. 9. Es f Ida. 10. Keglna f Iliam ^ parvam laudat. 11. Picttirae sunt gratae. 12. Eegina est in Britannia, sed filia est in patria. 1 The genitive when it is emphatic is put before the noun which it limits. 2 The possessive pronouns his, her, its, and their, are often omitted in Latin, and must be supplied in translating. 14 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. II. 1. I am glad. 2. We are small. 3. Water is good. 4. You are faitliful. 5. The sailor's letters are welcome. 6. The native land of the queen is large. 7. (There) ^ are broad forests in Britain. 8. The ser- vants love (their) good mistress. 9. The poet tells a pleasing story. 10. (There) are doves in the forests. 11. What has the little girl? 12. She has a white dove. 13. The farmer is in the woods. CHAPTER V. Predicate Noun; Appositive. 25. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Fuella est serva, the girl is a slave. 2. Poeta est agricola, the poet is a farmer. 3. lulia est bona domina, Julia is a good mistress. Notice that serva, agricola, and domina are in the predicate and denote the same person a,s puella, poeta, and lulia. A noun thus used is called a predicate noun. 26. EuLE. — A predicate noun agrees with the subject in case. 27. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Poeta luliam filiam amat, the poet loves his daughter Julia. 2. Poeta servam lvL\ia.e filidie \?iVid.dit, the poet praises the ser- vant of his daughter Julia. 1 Words in parenthesis are not to be expressed in Latin. PREDICATE NOUN; APPOSITIVE. 15 JSTotice that flliam denotes the same person as luliam, and is in the same case, but is not a predicate noun. Notice, also, that flliae denotes the same person as luliae, and is in the same case, but is not a predicate noun. Nouns thus used are called appositives. 28. EuLE. — The appositive agrees in case with the noun ivhich it limits. 29. VOCABULARY. aquila, -ae, /., eagle. pecunia, -ae, /., money, a sum feinina, -ae, /., woman. of money. Galba, -ae, m., Galba. cara, dear. Graecia, -ae, /., Greece. inulta, much. incola, -ae, wi. a/ic?/., inhabitant, vocat, he calls. insula, -ae, /., island. vocaut, they call. 30. EXERCISES. I. 1. Es cara filia. 2. Aquila est silvarum incola. 3. Graecia est poetarum patria. 4. Poeta filiam Corne- liam amat. 5. Alae aquilarum sunt latae. 6. Femina puellas parvas vocat. 7. Britannia est magna Insula. 8. Reginae filia magnam pectiniam habet. 9. Nautae filiae sunt fidae servae. 10. Agricolae multas columbas habent. 11. Ubi est agricola Galba ? II. 1. The queen is a good woman. 2. She praises (her) daughter Julia. 3. (There) are large forests in (my) native land. 4. The little girl calls (her) doves. 5. The inhabitants of the island are sailors. 6. Cor- nelia's letters are welcome. 7. The wings of the dove are long and white. 8. (There) is good water on the island. 9. I am a farmer, but you are a sailor. 10. The queen and (her) daughter Julia are glad. 16 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER VI. Second or o-Declension : Xouns in -us. 31. Indirect Object. PARADIGM. • servus, m., slabe. SINGULAR . PLURAL. iV. servus servi — .^ - G. servi servorum \D. servo • servis - Ac. servum servos — v. serve - servi ■ Ab. servo servis ^ ^ 1. In the above paradigm, what cases are alike ? 2. The stem ends in -6 ; as, serv5-. 3. The stem may be found by dropping the ending -rum of the genitive plural, and changing o to 6. 4. Make a table of the terminations and commit them to memory. 5. Gender. — Nouns in -us of the second declension are masculine. / 32. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Galba filiae fabulam narrat, Galha tells a story to his daughter. 2. Nautae agricolis fabulas narrant, the sailors tell stories to the farmers. Noticjfchat filiae is in the dative and depends upon narrat; and that ^agricolis is in the dative and depends upon narrant. Such datives are called indirect objects. -• Rule. — The indirect object of a verb is in the dative. £ OF THE f CriTIVERSITY SECOND OR O-DECLENSION. X^C^I^O R "i^*^ 34. VOCABULARY. amicus, -i, w., friend. 'l hortus, -i, m., garden. diligentia, -ae, /., diligence. serviis, -i, m.^ servant, domiuus, -i, m., master (of servants) . slave, equus, -i, m., horse. Titus, -i, m., Titus. filius, -i, m., son. dat, he gives. Helvetius, -\ Helvetian ; as a noun, dant, they give, a Helvetian. 1. Each of tlie adjectives thus far introduced, when used with masculine nouns, has a masculine form de- clined like servTis. • For the feminine form, see 18. 2. Decline together bonus servus, hortus magnus, albus equus. 35. EXERCISES. I. 1. Amicus Galbae multos equos hab^t. 2. Equus albus est in horto agricolae. 3. Titus filio equum album dat. 4. Dominus bonos servos laudat. 5. Domini servis fidls pecuniam dant. 6. Feminae dlligentiam servarum laudant. 7. Filius agricolae magnum hortum habet. 8. Femina amico caro epistulam longam dat. 9. l!^autae sunt amici reglnae. 10. Ubi, Tite, est equus agricolae Galbae ? 11. In horto est agricolae Galbae equus. II. 1. The slave has a good horse. 2. The islands of Greece are many. 3. He tells good stories to (his) friends. 4. They are friends of Titus. 5. There are many horses on the island. 6. The island iff^^all, but it has many inhabitants. 1'. The slaves prai" (their) master's daughter. 8. The poet is an inhabitant of Britain. 9. He gives water to (his) friend's horses. 10. Eagles have broad wings. '' ^V^ 18 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER VII. Second or o-Declension : Nouns in -um Adjectives in -us, -a, -um. Agreement of Adjectives, 36 '• PARADIGM. beUum, 71.. , war. iV., Ac, V. G. D., Ah. SINGULAK. bellum belli bello PLURAL. bella bellorum beUis 1. The stem ends in 6 ; as, bello. 2. Gender. — Nouns in -um are neuter. 3. Each adjective thus far introduced, when used with a neuter noun, has a neuter form declined like bellum. These adjectives are declined in full as follows : — 37. PARADIGM. Bonus, good. SIKGULAK. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. N. bonus bona bonum G. boni bonae boni D. bono bonae bono Ac bonum bonam bonum V. bone bona bonum Ah. bono bona -- bono SECOND OR 0-DECLENSION. 19 PLURAL. Masculine. Feminine. N. boni bonae G. bonorum bonarum D. bonis bonis Ac. bonos bonas V. boni bonae Ah. bonis bonis Neuter. bona bonorum bonis bona bona bonis 38. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Hortus est magnus. 2. Horti sunt magnl. 3. Mensa est magna. 4. Mensae sunt magnae. 5. Donum est magnum. 6. Dona sunt magna. 7. Laetum nautam amat. '<^ 8. Laetos nautas amant. Observe that each noun in the preceding sentences is lim- ited by an adjective, and that each adjective has the same gender, number, and case as its noun. Notice especially laetum and laetos. 39. EuLE. — An adjective agrees with der, number, and case. noun m gen- 40. VOCABULARY. belliini, -i, n., war. concilium,! -i, n., meeting, council. clonuiii, -i, w., gift. iniuria, -ae, /., wrong. nuntius,! -i, m., a messenger. malus, -a, -um, bad. Romanus, -a, -um, Roman ; as a noun, a Roman. celat, he conceals. celant, they conceal. convocat, he calls to- gether. convocant, they call to- gether. culpat, he blames. culpant, they blame. 1 Nouns in -ius and -inm generally contract il of the genitive sin- gular into I without changing the accent. 20 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Adjectives already used in the masculine or feminine : — albus, -a, -um. laetus, -a, -um. bonus, -a, -um. latus, -a, -um. carus, -a, -um. longus, -a, -um. fidus, -a, -um. magnus, -a, -um. gratus, -a, -um. multus, -a, -um. Helvetius, -a, -um. parvus, -a, -um. 41. EXERCISES. I. 1. Malus servus in silva equum domim celat. 2. Nuntius fidus concilium Komanorum convocat. 3. Aml- cis multa dona dat. 4. Domini iniiirias servorum celant. 5. Nauta agricolae gratum dOnum dat. 6. Alae colum- barum albarum sunt magnae. 7. Nuntius Eomanorum in concilio Helvetios culpat. 8. Incolae Britanniae re- ginam amant. 9. Bellum in Graecia est magnum. 10. In silva sunt magnae aquilae. 11. Ubi, amice, est equus nunti ? II. 1. The messenger tells a long story to the Eomans. 2. We are faithful servants. 3. The slave conceals (his) money in the garden. 4. He is a Roman messenger. 5. The poet's little son is fond of stories. 6. (There) are large roses in the garden. 7. Galba is a friend of the Helvetians. 8. The farmer's son has a large horse. 9. The servant is calling (his) master's horses. 10. He calls together (his) dear friends. 11. The diligence of the girls is great. SECOND OR 0-DECLENSION. 21 CHAPTER VIII. Second or o-Declension : IS'ouns in -er and -ir. Imperfect Indicative of the Verb Sum. 42. puer, m., N. puer G. pueri D. puero Ac. puerum V. puer Ah. puero PARADIGMS. ager,i m., field. SINGULAR. ager agri agro agrum ager agro vlr, wi., man. vir viii viro virum vir viro N. pueri G. puerorum D. pueris Ac. pueros F. pueri Ah. puerTs PLURAL. agri agrorum agris agros agri agris V111 virorum viris viros viri viris 1. How do the terminations of nouns in -er and -ir differ from those of nouns in -its f 2. What is the stem of puer ? of ager ? See 31. 3. 3. Decline together puer parvus, latus ager, vir fidus, 4. Gender. — Nouns in -er and -ir of the second declension are masculine. 1 Most nouns in -er are declined like ager. The only one in this book declined like puer is liberi (plural). CJNIVERSITY PF rkt irAoW\K 22 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 43. IMPERFECT INDICATIVE OF THE VERB SUm, SINGULAR. PLURAL. 1. eram, 7 teas. eramus^ loe were. 2. eras, you were. eratis, you were. 3. erat, he was. eraut, they were. 44. VOCABULARY. ager, agri, m., field. puer, pueri, m., boy. discipulus, -i, w., pupil. vir, viri, m., man. liberi, -orum, w., children. peritiis, -a, -vim, skillful. magister, -tri, m., teacher.' non, adv., not. Marcus, -i, m., Marcus. semper, adv., always. 45. EXERCISES. I. 1. Filius Titi erat non laetus. 2. Eram amicus fili^ magistri. 3. Eras semper fidus amicus. 4. Poeta Ro- manus diligentiam agricolae perltl laudat. 5. Vir equum amici in agro liabet. 6. Eramus discipull fidi. 7. Ami- cus Galbae erat agricola peritus. 8. Romani concilium convocant et nuntium Helvetiorum culpant. 9. Helvetii feminas et liberos in silva celant. 10. Magister bonos pueros semper laudat. 11. Romani iniurias Helvetiorum culpant. 12. Marcus semper erat poetarum amicus. II. 1. Many were the wars of the Eomans. 2. You were good children. 3. Galba was a welcome messenger. 4. The man gives a horse to his son. 5. The Roman farmers were not skillful. 6. The bad boys were in the farmer's garden. 7. The letters of friends are always welcome. 8. You were a faithful pupil, but (your) friend Marcus was not faithful. 9. We were always good boys. 10. Good masters do not always have faithful servants. 11. Galba's horse is the gift of a friend. 1 See footnote to 40. ADJECTIVES IN -er. 23 CHAPTER IX. Adjectives in -er. Future Indicative of the Verb Sum ; Dative of Possessor. 4 6. PARADIGMS. Miser, wretched. SINGULAR. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. iV. miser misera miserum G. miseri miserae miseri D. misero miserae misero Ac. miserum miseram miserum V. miser misera -miserum Ah. misero misera PLURAL. misero N. miseri miserae misera G. miserorum miserarum miserorum D. miseris miseris miseris Ac. V. Ah. miseros miseri miseris miseras misera m lepra lilloclcHJ miseris lllibcia miseris Masculine. N. pulcher G. pulchri D. pulchro Ac. pulchrum V. pulcher Ah. pulchro Pulcher, beautiful. SINGULAR. Feminine. pulchra pulchrae pulchrae pulchram pulchra pulchra Neuter. pulchrum pulchri pulchro pulchrum pulchrum pulchro 24 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. PLURAL. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. N. pulchri pulclirae pulchra G. pulchrorum pulclirarum pulchrorum D. pulchris pulchris pulchiis Ac. pulchros pulchras pulchra V. pulcliri pulclirae pulchra Ah. pulchris pulchris pulchris 1. Observe that the masculine has the same peculiari- ties as substantives in -er. What are they ? 2. Most adjectives in -er of the second declension are declined like pulcher. The only exceptions in this book are miser and liber. Decline together miser servus, equus niger. 47. FUTURE INDICATIVE OF THE VERB SUm. SINGULAR. PLURAL. 1. ero, / shall he. eriinus, loe shall he. 2. eris, you will he. eritis, you taill he. 3. erit, he will he. erunt, they will be. 48. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Puer librum habet, the hoy has a book. --- 2. Est puero liber, the boy has (there is to the boy) a book. 3. Titus equum habet, Titus has a horse. 4. Est Tito equus, Titus has (there is to Titus) a horse. 1. Notice the two ways of expressing possession. The form with the dative and the verb sum should be used in the exercises, unless the teacher prefer to have the sentence expressed in two ways. The dative thus used is called the dative of possessor. \ 49. EuLE. — The dative is used with sum to denote the possessor, the thing possessed being the subject j..^^^ "^^ C X.C->n^-U^Jv.A^ (U^CA-- ADJECTIVES IN -er. 25 60. VOCABULAKY. carrus, -i, m., cart. niger, -gra, -grum, black. frumentum, -i, n., grain. pulcher, -chra, -chrum, beau- liberi -bri, m., book. tiful. defessus, -a, -um, tired. delectat, he delights. liber, -era, -erum, free. delectant, they delight. miser, -era, -erum, wretched, unhappy. 61. EXERCISES. I. 1. Es agricola, eris poeta. 2. Niintius in silva equum defessum celat. 3. Filio agricolae est carrus ma- gnus. 4. Fllius agricolae carrum magnum habet. 5. Vir frumentum non habet. 6. Viro est frumentum in carro. 7. Aqua erit in mensa servl. 8. EquI nuntiorum erunt defessi. 9. Helvetil erant liberi. 10. Vir filiae pulchrum librum dat. 11. AgrT et silvae semper poetam delectant. 12. Peritl magistri diligentiam discipulorum laudant. 13. Eritis amlci puerorum miserorum. 14. Marcus nigro equo frumentum dat. 15. Erimus fidi discipull. II. 1. I shall be tired. 2. The boy has a beautiful book. 3. He gives the boy a white dove. 4. He calls together the friends of the messenger. 5. Where are the master's books ? 6. The diligence of the boy delights (his) faithful teacher. 7. You will be faithful, and we shall be grateful. 8. There will be a meeting of teachers in my friend's garden. 9. The slaves were unhappy. 10. He always praises the faithful.^ 11. The children have many beautiful presents. 1 Plural adjectives are frequently used in Latin, as in English, with- out a substantive. When the substantive understood denotes persons, the adjective should be in the masculine; but when the word things can be understood, the adjective should be neuter. Compare the English, "The land of the/ree, and the home of the 26 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER X. Third Declension. Mute Stems. 62. PARADIGMS . princeps, m ., rex, m., miles, m., caput, n., chief. king. soldier. head. Stem princip- reg- milit- capit- SINGULAR. N., V. princeps rex miles caput G. principis regis militis capitis D. prmcipi regi mlliti capiti Ac. prmcipem regem mllitem caput Ah. prIncipe rege PLURAL. milite capite N.,Ac.,V. prmcipes reges milites capita G. principum regum milituni capitum i>., Ah. principibus regibus militibus capitibus 1. In the third declension, the stem ends in a con- sonant or i. 2. Stems ending in a consonant, are classed according to their final letter, as mute stems and liquid stems.^ 3. To find the stem, drop the ending -wm of the geni- tive plural. 4. Make a table of the case-endings from princeps. 5. Notice that the last vowel of the stem is sometimes changed in the nominative. 1 For sibilant stems, see 61. THIRD DECLENSION. 27 What happens when c ot g precedes the ending s? When t precedes the ending s? 53. VOCABULARY. caput, -itis, n., head. rex, regis, m., king. iudex, -icis, to., judge. cottidie, adv^, daily. miles, -itis, w., soldier. saepe, adv., often. piluin, -i, 11., javelin. vastat, he lays waste. princeps, -ipis, to., chief. vastant, they lay waste. 54. EXERCISES. I. 1. Miles mnltas belli fabulas pueris cottidie narrat. 2. Bella longa bonos viros non delectant. 3. Milites agros agricolarum vastant. 4. Eex multos^ et fidos servos habet. 5. Iiidici sunt multl et boni libri. 6. Eeges et prmcipes saepe multos et pulchros equos habent. 7. Fllius mllitis erat peritus agricola. 8. Index pueris libros bonos dat. 9. Multl puerl fabulas mllitum amant. 10. Caput equi nigri est parvum. 11. Milites Roman! longa pila habent. II. 1. The horse has a large head. 2. The king's soldiers lay waste the broad fields. 3. The judge's son has many friends. 4. The chiefs of the Helvetians give grain to their friends. 5. The- teacher praises (his) faithful pupils. 6. The wretched slave will be free. 7. Good books do not always delight children. 8. The soldier gives grain and water to (his) tired horses. 9. The soldier has a large black horse. 10. The farmer has grain in (his) cart. 11. Good chiefs have faithful soldiers. 1 In Latin two adjectives limiting the same substantive are generally connected by the conjunction et. 28 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER XI. Third Declension : Mute Stems. — Continued. First Conjugation, Present Indicative Active. 65. PARADIGMS. voluptas, /., pes, w., castos, m. a pleasure. foot. /., keeper. Stem voluptat- ped- SINGULAR. custod- N.,V. voluptas pes custos G. voluptatis pedis custodis D. voluptati pedi custodi Ac. voluptatem pedem custodem Ah. voluptate pede PLURAL. custode N.,Ac.,V. voluptates pedes custodes G. voluptatum pedum custoduin D.,Ab. voluptatibus pedibus custodibus What happens when d or if precedes the nominative ending s ? 66. FIRST CONJUGATION. Principal Parts ^ of Amo. PRES. IND. PRES. INF. PERF. IND. SUPINE.^ amo, I love ; amare, to love ; amavi, I loved ; amatum, to love. 1 These are called principal parts because, when these are known, all forms of the verb may be readily found. 2 The supine is the same in form as the neuter of the perfect parti- ciple. THIRD DECLENSION. 29 1. To find the present stem of a verb, drop the final re of the present infinitive active. 2. Verbs are said to be of the first conjugation, when the present stem ends in a ; i.e. when the present infini- tive active ends in are. 3. Give the principal parts of laudo, narro, voco, celo, culpo, delecto, vasto. 4. Do, dare, dedi, datum, which resembles a verb of the first conjugation, has a short stem-vowel, a. 67. PARADIGM. Present Indicative Active of Amo. SINGULAR. PLURAL. 1. amo, Ilove.^ amamus, we love. 2. amas, you love. amatis, you love. 3. amat, he loves. amant, they love. Make a table of the terminations and commit them to memory. 68. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Laudo, laudamus. 2. Narras, narratis. 3. Puer vocat, equum vocat. 4. Celas, celamus. 5. Agricola servum culpat. 6. Mllites culpas. 7. Puellas culpamus. 8. Aquam equTs damns. 9. Pueros vocas. 10. Fidos servos laudatis. II. 1. I tell, we tell. 2. You are praising, he does praise. 3. We are calling, he is calling. 4. I conceal, you are concealing. 5. He is calling, the master is 1 Also I do love, and / a7n loving. 30 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. calling. 6. He calls together the chiefs. 7. He is call- ing together (his) friends. 8. It pleases the poet. 9. We give gifts. 10. He does give gifts. 59. VOCABULARY. comes, -itis, m. and /., com- voluptas, -atls, /., pleasure. panion. libero, -are, -avi, -atum, set free. custos, -odis, m. andf.^ guard, paro, -are, -avi, -atum, prepare. keeper. paratus, -a, -um {perf. part, of eques, -itls, wi., horseman ; in paro, used as adj.), prepared, plural, cavalry. ready. lapis, -idis, »n., stone. currit, he runs. obses, -idis, m. andf., hostage, currant, they run. pes, pedis, m., foot. in (prep. tci^A ace.), into, to, against. 60, EXERCISES. I. 1. Equiti pulchrum eqiium do. 2. Amamus fidos amicos. 3. Eex mllites defessos culpat. 4. Liberl prlncipum Helvetionim erant obsides. 5. Libros comi- tum celas. 6. Comes nautae erat miser. 7. Itidicis f Ilium cottldie laudamus. 8. Multae sunt voluptates agri- colae filiorum. 9. Caput equi est nigrum, sed pedes sunt albi. 10. Fidi custodes non sunt regl. 11. In agris erant lapides multi. 12. Agros regis vastatis. 13. Equi- tes equls frumentum parant. 14. Equus itidicis in hortum currit. 15. Helvetii parati erant obsides dare. II. 1. Many men love pleasure. 2. The weary soldier conceals (his) wrong. 3. The hostages of the Eomans run into the woods. 4. The companions of kings are not always good. 5. The soldier's javelin was long. 6. The cavalry set free the hostages. 7. I often censure bad pupils, and you always love the good. 8. The feet of tJ-NIVERSn THIRD DECLENSION. the horsemen will be free. 9. The horsemen have grain in carts. 10. We tell stories to the little children every day. CHAPTER XII. Third Declension: Liquid Stems. First Conjugation, Imperfect Indicative Active. 1. PARADIGMS i. consul, m., victor, wi., Virgo, /., vulnus, n. consul. victor. virgin. wound. stem consul- victor- SINGULAK. vlrgin- vulner- 1 ^., V. consul victor virg5 vulnus G. consulis victoris virginls vulnerls D. consul! victori virgin! vulneri Ac. cSnsulem victorem virginem vulnus Ah. consule victore virgine vulnere PLURAL. N.,Ac..,V. cSnsules victores virgines vulnera G. consulum victor um virginum vulnerum D., Ah. consuUbus victorious virginibus vulneribus 62. In English, questions which can be answered by yes or no require no interrogative word. For the Latin method of expressing such questions, see the following sentences : — 1 This was originally an s stem, but s was changed to r 32 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 1. Puerumne, lulia, culpas ? Do you blame the hoy, Julia ? 2. Nonne servus est miser ? Is not the slave unhappy ? or, The slave is unhappy, is he not f 3. Num magister vocat? Is the master calling! or, The master is not calling, is he ? The interrogative ne is an enclitic, always appended to the emphatic word. See 4. and 7. Nonne expects the answer yes ; num expects the answer no ; ne does not indicate what answer is expected. 63. PARADIGM. Imperfect Indicative Active of Amo. SINGULAR. PLURAL. 1. amabam, I teas loving.'^ amabamus, we were loving. 2. amabas, you were loving. amabatis, you were loving. 3. amabat, he was loving. amabant, they were loving. Inflect the imperfect indicative active of laudo, narro, voco, do, celo, culpo, paro, vasto. 64. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Culpabas, culpabatis. 2. Laudabam, laudabamus. 3. Celabat, celabant. 4. Parabam, parabat, parabant. 5. Servus laborabat, cottidie laborat. 6. Narrabas, puellae narrabant. 7. Vocabam, vocabamus. 8. Dabat, dabas, dabant. 9. Columbam liberabat. 10. Prmcipem culpamus. II. 1. I was blaming, we were blaming. 2. He was praising, they were praising. 3. You were calling, he was calling. 4. I was calling, we were calling. 5. He was giving, we were giving. 6. He was telling, the boy is telling. 7. I am preparing, I was preparing. 8. They are laying waste, he is laying waste. 9. He was freeing the slaves. 10. We were concealing the money. 1 Also I loved, I did love, I used to love. THIKD DECLENSION. 33 65. VOCABULARY. clamor, -oris, w., shout, noise, vulnus, -eris, n., wound. consul, -ulis, w., consul. orno, -are, -avi, -atum, deck, corona, -ae, /., crown, garland. adorn. nomen, -inis, w., name. mittit, he sends. oppidum, -i, w., town. mittunt, they send. soror, -oris, /., sister. e,i ex (prep, loith ahl.), from, out of. victor, -oris, w., conqueror, ne, ^ victor. nonne, >- signs of questions. virgo, -inis, /., maiden, virgin, num, J 66. EXERCISES. I. 1. Milites consulis ex oppido currunt. 2. Nonne magister clamorem puerorum culpat ? 3. Victores Roma- norum corona ornabat. 4. Nomen virginis erat lulia. 5. Custodesne obsidum culpabas ? 6. Bonum regem et iudicem laudabamus. 7. Celabatis, puerl, libros sororis. 8. Obsidi aquam dabam. 9. Servi prlncipis agros para- bant. 10. Num miles vulnera celabat? 11. Consul ex agrls in oppidum milites multos mittit. 12. Liberos in Britanniam obsides mittunt. 13. Nonne paratus eris vic- torem ornare ? 14. Consul! voluptates non multae sunt. II. 1. A crown was adorning tbe head of the victor. 2. Do you praise the diligence of the pupils every day ?• 3. The soldiers are sending (their) children out of the town. 4. (My) sister's horse is black. 5. Galba runs into the field and calls the horse. 6. Was not the maiden's companion a Eoman knight (eques)? 7. We were setting free the feet of the slaves. 8. There were many stones in the garden. 9. The Koman consul is laying waste the towns and fields. 10. The shouts of the pupils did not delight the master. 1 e is used before consonants, ex before vowels and consonants. 34 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER XIII. Third Declension. — Continued. First Conjugation, Future Lidicative Active; Ablative ^ of Instrument. 67. PARADIGM. Future Indicative Active of Amo. SINGULAR. PLURAL. 1. ainabo, I shall love. amabimus, we shall love. 2. amabis, you icill love. amabitis, you icill love. 3. amablt, he will love. amabunt, they will love. 68. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Laudabit, laudabunt. 2. Ornabo, ornabimus. 3. Narramus, narrabamus, narrabimus. 4. Vastat, vasta- bat, vastabit. 5. Celabas, celabis, celabunt. 6. Vocabit, oruabat, ornat. 7. Dabo, dabimuSj dabunt. 8. Vocabitis, vocabatis, vocatis. 9. Delectat, delectabit, delectabat. 10. Ornamus, ornabamus, ornabant. II. 1. I shall praise, we shall praise. 2. He is toiling, he was toiling, he will toil. 3. We shall conceal, he will conceal. 4. I shall set free, we shall set free, they will set free. 5. He will give, you will give, they will give. 6. We will call, it will delight, they will toil. 7. He is blaming, they were blaming, I shall blame. 8. He will prepare, they will prepare, you will prepare. 9. He will tell, I was telling, they will tell. 10. We were praising, he will call, you will tell. THIRD DECI^ENSION. 35 69. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Puella rosis caput ornat, the girl adorns her head with roses. 2. Poeta fabulis liberos delectat, the poet delights his children ivith stories. 3. Lapide equitem vulnerat, he wounds the horseman with a stone. Observe that rosis, fabulis, and lapide are in the ablative case, and that they show the instrument or means employed in doing the act. The ablative thus used is called the ablative of instru- ment or means. 70. Rule. — Instrument or means is expressed by the ablative ivithout a preposition. 71. VOCABULARY. arbor, -oris,/., tree. Graeci, -orum, m., the Greeks. carmen, -inis, w., song, poem. vulnero, -are, -avi, -atum, Caesar, -aris, m., Caesar. wound. Gallia, -ae, /., Gaul. porto, -are, -avi, -atum, carry. Homerus, -i, m., Homer. ad (prep, with ace), to, for, homo, -inis, w., man. near. pater, patris, w., father. a,i ab, {prep, with abl.), from, Graecus, -a, -ura, Greek. by. 72. EXERCISES. I. 1. Homerum, prmcipem Graecorum poetarum, magistrl et discipull laudabant. 2. Multi liberi prlnci- piim Galliae obsides erant Caesaris. 3. Arbores multae et latae regis hortum ornant. 4. Nonne miles pllo equi- tem vulnerabit ? 5. BonI pueri columbam pulchram 1 a before consonants, ab before vowels. 36 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. lapide non vulnerabunt. 6. Virgines patrem amant et laudant. 7. Carmina poetae multos homines delectant. 8. Bonos libros amabis, non celabis. 9. Ctistodibus plla dabimus, obsidibus aquam. 10. Eques in capite vulnus habet. 11. Nuntius ab Helvetiis ad Caesarem dona por- tat. 12. Puer librum ad sororem mittit. 13. Amicis voluptates multas pectinia parabat. II. 1. Men love (their) children, and often praise (them). 2. The victors will bring grain from the fields. 3. The shouts of the soldiers will not wound the horsemen of Caesar. 4. The maiden has a crown of roses. 5. Bad men are not good companions, are they ? 6. The horse's feet are in the water. 7. The names of the pupils are in the master's book. 8. You will give a book to (your) father, but a rose to (your) sister. 9. Will you set free the sister of the consul ? 10. The boy is ready to carry a letter to (his) father. CHAPTER XIV. Third Declension: Stems in i. First Conjugation, Perfect Indicative Active; Perfect Indicative of Sum; Ablative of Manner. 73. PARADIGMS. ignis, m., hostis, m. andf., caedes,/., fire. enemy. slaughter. Stem igni- host!- caedi- THIRD DECLENSION. 37 SINGULAR. K, v. Ignis hostis caedes G. Ignis hostis caedis D. igni hosti caedi Ac. ignein hostem caedem Ah. Igni, -e hoste PLURAL. caede N., V. ignes hostes caedes G. ignium hostium caedium D.,Ab. ignibus hostibus caedibus Ac. ignes, -is hostes, -is caedes, -is 1. Most nouns in -is are declined like hostis, some like Ignis ; but a few have only im in the accusative singular, and only i in the ablative singular. 2. Whenever any of these nouns are introduced in this book that are not declined like hostis, their peculiarities will be given. 3. Nouns in -es, not increasing in the genitive (that is, not having more syllables in the genitive than in the nominative) are declined like caedes. 74. PARADIGMS. Perfect Indicative Active of Amo. SINGULAR. / loved. have loved, you loved, you have loved. amavit, ^^^^^oved. amavi, < amavisti, -j he has loved. amavimus, amavistis, amaverunt or amavere, we loved, we have loved, you loved, you have loved. J they loved. they have loved. 38 A liTRST BOOK IN LATIN. Perfect Indicative of Sum. SINGULAR. PLURAL. -, x„- / / was. . , (we were. ^ I have been. I ice have been. _ ( you were. c you were. 2. fuisti, I y^^ ^^^g ^gg^_ fuistis, I y^^^ ^^^g ^^^^^ 3 fuit / ^^ ^^^' fuerunt / they were. I he has been. or fuere, I they have been. 1. Notice that the perfect stem of amo is the present stem. + V. It may be found in any verb by dropping the final i of the first person of the perfect indicative active. 2. Observe that the endings of the perfect are the same for both stun and amo. Make a table of them, and commit to memory. 75. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Portabit, portavit, portaverunt. 2. Paravi, paravimus, paraverunt. 3. Vocavisti, vocavistis, voca- bitis. 4. Laudavi, laudavit, laudaverunt. 5. Laudas, laudabas, laudabis. 6. Liberavit, dedit, celavit. 7. De- disti, dedistis, culpavi. 8. Vulnerabis, vulnerabas, vulneravit. 9. Vulneravl, vulneraverunt, vulneravistis. 10. Vastavit, paravit, convocavit. II. 1. I was carrying, you were calling, he will tell. 2. He has carried, you called, he concealed. 3. I have given, you gave, it delighted. 4. I shall lay waste, I shall call, we shall tell. 5. He was carrying, he will carry, he has carried. 6. He was concealing, he has con- cealed, they concealed. 7. He praised, he has blamed, they have called. 8. You were preparing, you will carry, you will call. 9. They adorn, will adorn, have adorned. 10. He will wound, was wounding, is wounding. THIRD DECLENSI^nT^ 39 76. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENC|:S. 1. Agricola frumentum cum diligentia in oppidum porta- bat, the farmer was carrying grain into the town with dili- gence. 2. Agricola magna cum diligentia in oppidum frumentum portabat, the farmer with great diligence ivas carrying grain into the toion. 3. Agricola magna diligentia in oppidum frumentum por- tabat, the farmer ivith great diligence tvas carrying grain into the town. Observe that in the sentences cum diligentia, magna cum dili- gentia, and magna diligentia, show the manner of the act. The ablative thus used is called the ablative of manner. 77. Rule. — Manner is expressed by the ablative with cum, or a limiting adjective, or zvith both. Manner may also, as in English, be expressed by an adverb. 78. VOCABULARY. caedes, -is,/., slaughter, murder, occupo, -are, -avi, -atum, seize, finis, -is, m., end ; pi., territory. take. gladius, -i, m., sword. facit, he makes. hostis, -is, m. andf, enemy. faeiunt, they make. ignis, -is, m., fire. libenter, adv., gladly. mater, -tris, /., mother. de {prep, with ahl.), about, of, laboro, -are -avi, -atum, toil, from. labor. cum (prep, with ahl.), with. 79. EXERCISES. I. 1. Miles gladio hostem vulneravit. 2. HelvetiT niintios de inifiriis ad Caesarem mittunt. 3. Victor fineni belli libenter facit. ^ 4. Caesar igne et gladio fines hosti- 1 Makes gladly, i.e. is glad to make. OF THB J'NIVERSITY 40 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. um vastavit. 5. Agricolae magna cum diligentia labora- verunt. 6. Nonne diligentiam discipulorum libenter laudavisti?^ 7. Mllites Caesaris magnam hostium caedem faciunt. 8. Graeci carmina Homer! laudabant. 9. Multa Galliae oppida occupabimus. 10. Consul de Gallia fabu- 1am narrat. 11. Serva ad matrem multa dona portat a domina. 12. Clamoribus magnis oppidum mllites occu- paverunt. II. 1. The boys run to the woods with a great shout. 2. Were the men of Britain large ? 3. The maiden called her sister by name. 4. I have decked the head of my mother with a garland of roses. 5. The poems of Homer delighted the Greeks. 6. Mothers like to adorn ^ their children. 7. The trees in my father's garden are large. 8. You will wound your companion with your sword. 9. The wounds of the soldier were many. 10. The boy labors diligently^ in the field every day. CHAPTER XV. Third Declension : Steins in i, — Continued. First Conjugation, Pluperfect and Future Perfect Indica- tive Active; Pluperfect and Future Perfect Indicative of Sum; Ablative of Accompaniment. 80. PARADIGMS. mare, n., animal, n. sea. animal. Stem mari- animali- 1 See 3 and note 1. 2 Compare 3 and 6, above. s j.e. with diligence. THIRD DECLENSION. 41 SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. ^.,Ac., V. mare maria animal animalia G. maris marium animalis animalium D., Ab. mari maribus animali animalibus Observe that the above nouns have i stems, and that the nominative is the same as the stem, except that the characteristic i has either been changed to e, as in mare, or dropped, as in animal. 81. PARADIGMS. Indicative Active of Amo. ^^' Pluperfect. SINGULAR. plural. 1. amaveram, I had loved. amaveramus, we had loved. 2. amaveras, you had loved. amaveratis, you had loved. 3. amaverat, he had loved. amaverant, they had loved. Future Perfect. 1. axahvero^ I shall have loved. B^m.a,Yerimus,we shall have loved. 2. a^maveris, you will have loved, amaveritis, yoii will have loved. 3. amaverit, he will have loved, amaverint, they will have loved. Indicative of Sum. Pluperfect. SINGULAR. plural. 1. fueram, I had been. fueramus, we had been. 2. fueras, you had been. fueratis, you had been. 3. fuerat, he had been. V fuerant, they had been. uture Perfect. 1. fuero, I shall have been. fuerimus, we shall have been. 2. fueris, you will have been. fueritis, ijou will have been. 3. fuerit, he will have been. fuerint, they will have been. 42 A FIRST BOOK IX LATIN. *82. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Fuimus, fueramus, fiierimus. 2. Celavl, culpavl. vocavi, laboravi. 3. Vocaverat, vastaverat, paraverat. 4. Portavero, vastavero, occupavero. 5. Celaverasne? paraverasne ? ornaverasne ? 6. Celavistme pecimiam ? 7. Llberaverat obsides. 8. Frumentum paraveratis. 9. Sororem culpaverat. 10. Pueros lauclaverit. 11. Ju- dex mllitem liberavit. 12. Gladium hostis occupaverat. II. 1. They had wounded, he had prepared. 2. He will have loved, they will have blamed. 3. I labor, I was laboring, I will labor. 4. I have labored, I had labored, I shall have labored. 5. He calls, he was calling, he will call. 6. He has called, he had called, he will have called. 7. The soldier had carried a javelin. 8. We had called together the children. 9. The fire had seized the town. 10. The gift will have delighted the boy. 11. I will hurry to call Titus. 83. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Caesar in agros Titum cum equitibus mittit, Ccesar sends Titus with cavalry into the country-districts. 2. Galba cum patre in urbe laborat, Galha works with his father in the city. Observe that equitibus denotes the persons by whom Titus is accompanied, and patre the person by whom Galba is accom- panied. The ablative thus used is called the ablative of accom- paniment. 84. Rule. — Accompaniment is expressed by the abla- tive with cum. In military phrases cum is often omitted ; as, Caesar multis legionibus in Galliam properat, Ccesar hastens into Gaul with many legions. THIKD DECLENSION. 43 85. VOCABULAKY. animal, -alls, n., animal. mare, -is, n., sea. Blbracte, -Is, n., Bibracte. vectlgal, -galls, n., tax. flamen, -Inis, n., river. tertlus, -a, -um, third. Iter, itluerls, n., march, route, pugno, -are, -avi, -atum, fight. legio, -onis, /. , legion. proper©, -are, -avi, -atum, hurry. 86. EXERCISES. I. 1. In marl sunt animalia multa et magna. 2. De- derantne Helvetii Caesarl vectigalja? ^ 3. Caesar cum tertia legione ad oppidum Bibracte ftroperavit. 4. Hostes magnis itineribus a silvlg ad fltimen properaverunt. 5. Gladio et pilo, mllites, cum Graecis pugnavistis. 6. In carminibus Homerus fabulas de bello narravit. 7. Liberl cum matre in pulchro horto fuerarit. 8. Pulchrae arbores multos homines delectant. 9, Consul cum multls mlli- tibus igni et gladio fines hostium vastaverat. 10. Magna fuerit caedes hostium. II. 1. The poet had carried his poems to (his) sister. 2. Csesar makes a long march and takes the towrf Bibracte. 3. The soldiers had fought with the enemy, and had wounded many with (their) swords. 4. The boys were glad to labor (were gladly laboring) with (their)' fathers in the fields. 5. The march to the river had been long. 6. The taxes of the Greeks will be small. 7. Have sailors always been glad to tell stories about the sea ? 8. The legions hasten to the river with the cav- alry, and put an end to the slaughter (make an end of the slaughter). 9. The soldiers fought in the river. 10. Caesar will have laid waste the fields of the enemy with tire. 44 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER XVI. Third Declension : Mixed Sterns.^ Ablative of Time. 87. PARADIGMS. nox, /., urbs, /. , mons, w., night. city. mountain. Stem noct- urb- moot- SINGULAR. ' N., V. nox urbs mans G. noctis urbis mentis D. nocti urbi monti Ac. noctem urbem montein Ah. nocte urbe PLURAL. monte 'N., V. noctes urbes montes a. noctium urbium montiuin D., Ab. noctibus urbibus montibus Ac. noctes -is urbes -is montes -is Which class of nouns do these resemble in the singular ? In the plural ? Like these words are declined : 1. Most nouns in -ns and -rs ; 2. Monosyllables in -s and -x preceded by a consonant. 1 These were originally consonant stems, as given above, but in the plural they are declined like i stems. THIRD DECLENSION. 45 88. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Vocabam, celabo, paravl. 2. Portabis, dederas, occupaveris. 3. Properasiie ad flumen ? 4. Occupatisne. occupabatisne oppidum ? 5. Ptignabantne, laudabun- turne ? 6. Homines libera vimus, laudabimus. 7. Virgo rosis sororem ornabat, ornaverat. 8. Ubi miles jjilum celabit, celabat ? 9. Quid puer ad matrem portaverit, portavit ? 10. Cum Gallis pugnaverit, pugnaverat. II. 1. We were calling, we shall hurry. 2. Why were you calling ? 3. Did not the master blame the slaves ? 4. He fought with a sword, will fight. 5. We shall fight with the Greeks, he will fight. 6. He loved (his) brothers, had loved. 7. He will have praised the poem, you were praising. 8. Fine trees adorn, were adorning, the gar- den. 9. The Greeks had paid, were paying, tribute. 10. We will call, have called, a council. 89. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Hieme in urbe Marcus laborat, m the winter Marcus works in the city. 2. Legio nocte oppidum occupavit, the legion seized the town in the night. 3. Una hora in urbe ero, within an hour I shall he in the city. Observe that hieme shows the time ivhen Marcus works in the city, nocte the time when the town was seized, and una hora the time within lohich I shall reach the city. 90. Rule. — Time when, or iDithin ivJiich, is expressed by the ablative without a preposition. Time within which may also be expressed by in with the ablative. 46 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 91. VOCABULARY. aestas, -atis, /., summer. nox, iioctis,/., night. annus, -i, m., year. pax, pacis, /,, peace. dux, ducis, m., leader. urbs, urbis, /., city. hienis, hiemis, /. , winter. vigilia, -ae, /., (part of the night) hora, -ae, /., hour. watch. niuns, moutis, m., mountain. 92. EXERCISES. I. 1. Dux per silvas ad fliimen properaverat et cum hostibus pugnaverat. 2. Tertia vigilia noctis Bibracte occupabamus. 3. Mater Galbae erit in urbe hieme, non aestate. 4. De tertia vigilia legiones ex oppido propera- verunt. 5. Num animalia ignem amant ? G. Flumina in mare currunt. 7. Tertia hora Caesar magnam caedem hostium facit. 8. Tertio anno belli consulibus vectigalia dederatis. 9. In pacis temporibus agricolae sunt laeti. 10. Erant multae arbores in montibus. 11. Milites tertiae legionis gladiis et pills pugnabant. II. 1. The leader of the soldiers makes peace with the Helvetians. 2. The farmers labored cheerfully in the summer. 3. The wearied soldiers had hastened by forced marches into the territory of the enemy, and had taken the town in the third watch of the night. 4. Winter on the mountain had not been agreeable. 5. We had fought at night with the Eoman legions. 6. The faith- ful mother has called her tired children into the garden. 7. The men hastened to the sea in the third watch. 8. Man is an animal. 9. Galba did not seize the beauti- ful town, but laid waste the fields of the enemy. 10. The soldiers are laying waste the fields with fire. THIRD DECLENSION. 47 CHAPTER XVII. Third Declension. Rules for Gender. Make a complete table of the nominative endings of nouns of the third declension. 93. Gender. 1. Nouns in -o, -or, -os, -er, and -es, increas- ing in the genitive, are masculine, except those in -do, -go, and abstract and collective nouns in -id. 2. Nouns in -as, -es, not increasing in the genitive, -is, -us (long), -do, -go, -id (abstract and collective), -s (fol- lowing a consonant), -x, are feminine. 3. Nouns in -a, -e, -i, -y, -c, -I, -n, -t, -ar, -ur, -us (short), are neuter. There are many exceptions to these rules, and the learner should notice each when he first meets it. These rules are subordinate to the general rule for gender. See 7. 94. VOCABULARY. explorator, -oris, w., scout. palas, -ndis, /., marsh, swamp. litus, -oris, w., shore (of the pedes, peditis, m. (pes, foot), sea). . foot-soldier. mos, nioris, m., custom; pZ., delibero, -are, -avi, -atum, manners, character. consider, deliberate. ordo, -inis, m., rank, row, order. per (prep, with ace), through. 48 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. EXERCISES. I. 1. Liberos et matres in paliide celaverant. 2. Caesar cum hostium duce de pace dellberabat. 3. Hieme mllites Caesaris saepe piignabant. 4. Mllites tertiae legionis ad litus properaverant. 5. Nuntii per hostium fines in urbem currunt. 6. Dux de tertia vigilia noctis ad mon- tem exploratores mittit. 7. Magister discipulls de mori- bus Graecorum narrabat. 8. Explorator de tertia vigilia per ordines peditum ad flumen properavit. 9. Pedites tertia hora montem occupaverant. 10. Nocte in monte multos Ignes habent mllites. II. 1. The commander will consult with the consul about the war. 2. The boys run through the woods to the shore. 3. He often hurries into the city about nine o'clock.^ 4. We will send scouts in the night to the ter- ritory of the enemy. 5. The third legion had often fought with the Helvetians in the summer. 6. In the third year of the war we laid waste many towns and cities. 7. They had carried grain into the marshes to (their) wives. 8. The taxes of the Helvetians were small. 9. The mother frequently praises the good manners of (her) children. 10. The commander cen- sures a foot-soldier of the third line. 96. VOCABULARY. cohors, -tis, /., a cohort. decern, numeral adj., indech, lus, iuris, «., right, law. ten. pars, partis, /., part. iuvo, -are, iavi, iutuin, assist. tempus, -oris, n., time. sto, stare, steti, statuin, stand. 1 As the Romans divided the day into twelve honrs, beginning at sunrise, about nine o'clock would be equivalent to about the'third hour. THIRD DECLENSION. 49 97. EXERCISES. III. 1. Caesar a lltore ad urbem iter facit et mllites frumento iuvat. 2. Sunt in legione decern cohortes. 3. Puer in itinere comitem iuverat. 4. ^ervus per palti- dem ad mare currit. 5. Arborum ordo in litore stabat. 6. In pacis temporibus bellum paramus. 7. De iure obsidum in concilio deliberabimus. 8. Pater filio librum de Graecorum moribus dedit. 9. Consul cum parte pedi- tum Britanniam occupabit. 10. Dux cum decem coliorti- bus Graecos iuvabat. IV. 1. The scout was telling about the customs of the Helvetians. 2. The horses were standing at (in) the end of a marsh. 3. In the third watch the commander sends a scout to the mountain. 4. Boys, do you like to stand on the seashore in summer ? 5. Night puts an end to the journey. 6. Caesar had aided the Helvetians with grain. 7. In the third year of the war the Greeks make peace with the Komans. 8. They will consult about the rights of the victors. 9. At the seashore, winter is not a pleasant season (time of year), is it? 10. We shall set free a part of the hostages at nine o'clock.^ 1 See 95. II. 3. 50 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER XVIII. Adjectives of Three Terminations. First Conjugation, Present Indicative Passive; Ablative of Agent. 98. PARADIGMS. acer, sharp. celer, smft. Stem acrl- celeri- SINGULAR. SINGULAR. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. Masculine Feminine. Neuter. N.,V. acer acris acre celer celeris celere G. acris celeris D.yAh. acri celeri Ac. acrem acrem PLURAL. acre celerem celerem PLURAL. celere N., V. acres acres acria celeres celeres celerla G. acrium celerium D.,Ab. acribus celerlbus Ac. acres (-is) acres (-is) acria celeres (-is) celeres (-is) celeria 1. These are called adjectives of three terminations, because in the nominative singular there is a different form for each gender.^ 2. What change in the stem is seen in the nominative ? 3. Decline together miles acer, domina acris, celer equus. 99. Learn the conjugation of the present indicative passive of amo (p. 205). Make a table of terminations, 1 To this class belong only a few stems in -ri. These are all (except celer) declined lilce acer. ADJECTIVES OF THREE TERMINATIONS. 51 and commit them to memory. Like amo conjugate the present indicative passive of voco, laudo, delecto, and vulnero. 100. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Vocamur, culpamur. 2. Vulneratur a milite. 3. Vulneratur pllo. 4. Liberat servum. 5. luvantur a patre. 6. Gives a consule convocantur. 7. A sorore lau- datur. 8. Paliis arboribus celatur. 9. Frumentum ex agro ab agricola portatur. 10. Saepe a puerls in hortum vocaris. II. 1. We are blamed, you are praised. 2. The mother adorns (her) daughter. 3. The girls are adorned by the mother. 4. The town is seized by the general. 5. The soldiers are wounded with stones. 6. The chil- dren are carried through the marsh. 7. The men are blamed by the judge. 8. We are assisted by (our) friends. 9. The fields are devastated by the conquerors. 10. The town is laid waste by fire. 101.- ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Regina luliam amat, the queen loves Julia. 2. lulia a reginaTainatur, Julia is loved by the queen. 3. Titus ab amico amatur, Titus is loved by his friend. Observe that the first and second sentences have the same meaning, but that the verb of the first is in the active voice, and the verb of the second in the passive. Observe that the agent — that is, the person who does the act — is expressed in the first by the nominative case, and in the second by the ablative with a, and in the third by the ablative with ab. 102. Rule. — The agent with a passive verb is expressed by the ablative luith a or ab. 52 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 103. VOCABULARY. celeritas, -atis, /., quickness, rapid- navis, -is,/, {like ignis), ity, swiftness. - ship, civis, -is, m. (ZiA-e Ignis), citizen. acer, acris, acre, sharp, imperator, -oris, m., commander- active. in-chief, general. celer, celeris, celere, quick, frater, fratris, m., brotlier. swift. legatus, -i, w., lieutenant, amhas- accfiso, -are, -avi, -atum, sador. accuse. 104. EXERCISES. I. 1. Acer consul malos elves acctisat. 2. Legatus magna celeritate in fines hostium iter facit et oppidum magnum occupat. 3. Frater imperatoris a civibus accii- satur. 4. Matres llberos rosTs pulchris ornant. 5. Urbs tertia vigilia noctis a duce cohortium occupatur. 6. Nautae in decern navibus celeribus frumenta ad urbem portant. 7. Milites, ab imperatore laudaraur. ^. Legatus cum imperatore de iure peditum deliberaverat. 9. Vir a comite gladlo vulneratur. 10. Celeri navi ab impera- toris fratre in Britanniam portatur epistula. II. 1. A beautiful book is given to the pupil by the master. 2. A great part of the city is concealed by the m.ountain. 3. The lieutenants are summoned to a council by the commander-in-chief. 4. In the summer of the third year of the war, the general consulted with the citi- zens about peace. 5. Many large animals were standing on the shore of the sea. 6. The active foot-soldiers by forced marches hurry to the consul. 7. Swift ships are given to Caesar by (his) friends. 8. In time of war women often assisted the farmers in the fields. 9. The boys were standing in a row at the end of the marsh. 10. Soldiers, we will quickly (with quickness) prepare to fight. ADJECTIVES OP TWO TERMINATIONS. 53 / CHAPTER XIX. Adjectives of Two Terminations.^ First Conjugation J Imperfect Indicative Passive; Ablative of Cause. 105. PARADIGM, brevis, short. Stem brevi- SINGULAR. PLURAL. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. N.,V. brevis breve breves brevia G. brevis brevium D.,Ah. brevi • brevibus Ac. brevem breve breves (-is) brevia 106. Learn the conjugation of the imperfect indica- tive passive of amo. Make a table of terminations, and commit them to memory. 107. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Pater f Ilium iuvabat. 2. Filius a patre inva- batur. 3. Princeps obsides llberaverat. 4. A Romanis urbs vastabatur. 5. Acciisabaris a civibus. 6. Gladils ab hostibus {it) piignatur. 7. Legati ab imperatore accusabantur. 8. Celabamur in silva a duce. 9. Mater puerTs fabulas breves narrabat. 10. Fabulae breves a matre narrabantur. — . - - - . 1 This class includes all i stems, except those of three terminations, and also the comparatives. 54 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. II. 1. I was calling, thou wast called. 2. We were praising, you were praised. 3. You were blamed, lie was praised. 4. We were being assisted by (our) friends. 5. We were preparing war. 6. I was assisted by (my) brother. 7. The sailors were hurrying to the sea with shouts. 8. The women and children were concealed in the swamps. 9. A part of the cohorts was concealed by a row of trees. 10. In the night the city was seized. 108. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCE. 1. Servi diligentia a domino laudantur, the slaves are praised by their master for (because of) their diligence. 2. Milites defessi itinere erant, the soldiers were weary with {on account of) their march. Observe that diligentia shows the cause of the praising, and itinere the cause of the weariness, and that they are in the abla- tive case. 109. Rule. — Cause may he expressed by the ablative, usually without a preposition. no. VOCABULARY. castra, orum, n., camp. supero, -are, -avi, -atuin, sur- multitudo, -inis,/., (multus), pass, defeat. multitude, great number. brevis, -e, short. populus, -i, ?)!., people. fortis, -e, brave. virtus, -utis,/., (vir), bravery, gravis, -e, heavy. virtue. omnis, -e, all. dolet, he is pained ; dolent, they are pained. III. EXERCISES. I. 1. Pedites omnes virtute ab imperatore laudaban- tur. 2. Milites tertiae legionis vulneribus multis dolent. ^ OF THR ( J xNTIYERSIT ADJECTIVES OF TWO TERMINATIONS. V 55 3. Multittido peditum fortiuin magna cum celeritate hostes superabat. 4. Lapides graves ad urbem navibus portabaiitur. 5. Gives ad castra properabant et cum imperatore de iure dellberabant. 6. Imperator more populT Romanl Helvetios iter non dat. 7. Brevi tempore Caesar Helvetiis superaverat. 8. Dux iniuriis Graecorum a populo Romano accusabatur. 9. Gravl vulnere ad castra a servo legatus portatur. 10. Nautae acres erant laetl celeribus navibus. II. 1. The messenger was praised by the citizens for his quickness. 2. The cohorts were aided by a large number of brave cavalrymen. 3. The journey from a part of Gaul to Britain is short. 4. The lieutenant with all the cohorts hastened to the camp in the night. 5. Has a legion ten cohorts ? 6. Water was carried by the women to the weary soldiers. 7. The judge is grieved by the wrongs of (his) brother. 8. A part of the third legion had defeated the Helvetians at the river. 9. The soldiers were standing in the camp. 10. The camp of the enemy was seized through the valor of the third cohort. ^ 56 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER XX. Adjectives of One Termination.^ First Conjugation, Future Indicative Passive; Ablative of Specification. 112. PARADIGMS. velox, swift. potens, powerful. Stem veloc- potent- SINGULAR. SINGULAR. Masculine. Feminine. Nexiter. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. N., V. velox potens G. velocis potentis D. veloci potent! Ac. velocem velox potentem potens Ah. veloci (-e) potent! (-e) PLURAL. PLURAL. N.^V. veloces velocia potentes potently G. velocium potentium D., Ah. velocibus potentibus Ac. veloces (-is) velocia potentes (-is) potentia 1. What nouns do these adjectives resemble in their declension ? 2. Why are they called adjectives of one termination ? 3. Decline together eqnes velox, velox equus, rex potens, regina potens. 113. Learn the conjugation of the future indicative passive of amo. Make a table of terminations, and commit them to memory. 1 This class includes all consonant stems except the comparatives. ADJECTIVES OF ONE TERMINATION. 57 114. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Castra occupabaiitur, occupabuntur. 2. Vulnera- batis, vulnerabitis pilo. 3. Celeritas exploratorem iuvat, iuvabit. 4. Explorator celeritate laudabatur, laudabitur. 5. Ab amicls iuvamurj iuvabimur. 6. Celeres naves parantur, parabuntur, parabantur. 7. Cum celeritate iirbs occupabatur, occupabitur. 8. Accusabitur, accusa- batur ab acrl legato. 9. Virtus fortium virorum saepe laudatur. 10. Celer nuntius iion culpabatur, culpabitur. 11. Superabamur, superabimur a Eomanis. II. 1. We shall assist, you will be assisted. 2. The citizen will be assisted by (his) brother. 3. The city was being seized, it will be seized by the general. 4. Sol- diers, you will be praised for (your) valor. 5. In the summer we hurry, we shall hurry to the shore. 6. We were fighting, we shall fight with swords. 7. He is fight- ing, he was fighting with a foot-soldier. 8. You will be called to the city. 9. The citizens were being con- cealed, they will be concealed in the woods. 10. Where will the scout be concealed ? 115. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Romani Helvetios virtute superabant, the Romans sur- passed the Helvetians in valor. 2. Nomine fuit rex, he was king in name. Observe that virtute is used with superabant and defines its application ; so also nomine defines the application of rex. The ablative thus used answers the question in what respect, and is called the ablative of specification. 1 16. E-ULE. — The ablative of specification may he used luith a verb, noun, or adjective to define its application. 58 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 117. VOCABULARY. ars, artis, /., art. altus, -a, -um, high, deep. humanitas, -atis, /., culture. iddneus, -a, -um, suitable, proper. natura, -ae, /., nature, char- par, paris, equal. acter. potens, -entis, powerful. vis, VIS, vi, vim, vi, /., force ; velox, -ocis, swift, pi. vires, virium, strength. que, conj. , enclitic^ and. 118. EXERCISES. I. 1. Helvetii a populo Komano virtiite hfiraanitate- que superabantur. 2. Brevi tempore milites acres oppi- dum nomine Bibracte occupant. 3. Imperator et legatus sunt viribus pares. 4. Equi ducum viribus celeritateque fuerunt pares. 5. Frater arte, bonis moribus soror lauda- bitur. 6. Miles a fratre hiimanitate, non virtute supera- batur. 7. Index a civibus multls et potentibus accusabitiir. 8. Caesar multitudine velocium navium regem iuvabit. 9. Artem ducis, mllitum virtutem saepe laudamus. 10. Ll- tus est altum et aestate ad castra natura idoneum. II. 1. The Komans were surpassed by the enemy in the large number of (their) men. 2. The mountain was not suitable by nature for a large town. 3. The brother of the active lieutenant was commander-in-chief in name. 4. The brave brothers are suffering on account of (their) wounds. 5. All the lieutenants will be summoned to a council in the first watch of the night. 6. The swift cavalry will hurry from the camp at the proper time. 7. The third legion will be praised for (its) swiftness and (its) valor. 8. The Greeks were surpassed by the Romans in the arts of war. 9. The valor and culture of the Greeks will be praised by all men. 10. The Romans were superior to (their) enemies in the quickness of their ships. FIRST CONJUGATION. 59 CHAPTER XXL First Conjugation. Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative Passive; Descriptive Ablative. 119, Learn the conjugation of the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative passive of amo. 1. These tenses are formed by combining forms of the verb sum with the perfect passive participle amatus, -a, -um, They are, therefore, called compound tenses. 2. It will be observed that the neuter of the participle amatus, -a, -um, is exactly like the supine given as one of the principal parts of the verb. 3. The participle amatus, -a, -um, is declined like bonus, -a, -um, and agrees with the subject of the verb in gender, number, and case. Like amo conjugate the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative passive of laudo, voco, vulnero, and libero. 120. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Servi llberati sunt, llberati erunt. 2. Gustos vulneratus erat, vulneratus est. 3. Cives convocati erunt, convocati erant. 4. Castra regis vastata erant. 5. Vir- ttite a populo laudatus es. 6. Nocte in silva celati sumus. 7. Delectamur, delectabimini urbe. 8. Celeritate et vlri- bus non superabatur. 9. Regis patria igni vastata est. 10. A potentibus cTvibus rex accusatus erat. 11. Velox equus nuntio paratus est. 60 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. II. 1. He is called, he was blamed, he will be praised. 2. He was called, he had been blamed, he will have been praised. 3. Titus was consul in name. 4. The comman- der-in-chief has been overcome. 5. The active horseman had been wounded. 6. We shall surpass the Greeks in culture. 7. The girls had been delighted with the poem. 8. Gaul had been seized by the enemy. 9. The javelins have been carried to the town. 10. Did you carry the javelins to the town ? 11. We had been defeated in Britain. 12. He was not surpassed in strength. 13. The town has been taken by the lieutenant. 14. They were set free by the general. 15. The field had been laid waste with fire. 16. They have consulted with the chief. 121. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. liilia est puella magna diligentia, Julia is a girl of great diligence. 2. Caesar erat magna virtute, Caesar was a (jnaii) of great valor. 3. Pueros bonis moribus amo, / love hoys of good character. Observe that magna, diligentia modifies puella, that magna virtute modifies Caesar, and that honis moribus modifies pueros. Observe, also, that these ablatives express a quality of the substantives which they modify. The ablative thus used is called the ablative of quality, or the descriptive ablative. The ablative alone cannot be used to express quality, but must have an adjective in agreement with it, or a limiting genitive. 122. EuLE. — The ablative with an adjective may be used to express quality. FIBST CONJUGATION. 61 123. VOCABULARY. adulescens, -entis, 7n., youth, incredibilis, incredible. Ariovistus, -i, m., Ariovistus. ingens, -entis, huge, vast. Germanus, -a, -urn, German, munitus, -a, -uin, (perf. part, of Germanus, -i, m., a German. munio)., fortified. corpus, -oris, w., body. primus, -a, -urn, (sup. of prior), Tnagnitado, -inis, /., size, mag- first. nitude. summus, -a, -um, (sup. of su- oppOgno, -are, -avi, -atuin, perus), very high, very great, attack, storm. top of. 124. EXERCISES. I. 1. Germani prima vigilia castra natiira et arte mti- nita oppugnaverunt. 2. Germani erant ingenti magnitti- dine corporum et incredibili virttite. 3. Equitum multitudine et celeritate hostes a Komanls superati sunt. 4. Adulescentem summa humanitate legatum in Britan- niam mittit. 5. Oppidum summa vl opptignatum est prima vigilia. 6. Dux fortis incredibili celeritate ad montem properaverat et castra tertiae legionis oppugna- verat. 7. Urbs potens bello fuerat. 8. Corona gravis data erat reglnae. 9. Puella magna dlligentia a patre saepe laudata est. 10. Imperator idoneo tempore oppi- dum natura mtinltum oppugnabit. II. 1. All men have been pleased by the skill of the great poet Homer. 2. The general, (a man) of great kindness, is pained by the wounds of his soldiers. 3. The poet was a man of great diligence and culture. 4. Men of great valor have been called into camp. 5. The Romans were surpassed by the Germans in stature (size of bodies). 6. The scouts hastened with incredible swiftness to a high mountain. 7. In a short time all the 62 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. citizens will have been called into the city. 8. The leaders of the cohorts are equal in stature and bravery. 9. The soldiers of Ariovistus, king of the Germans, wounded the cavalry of Caesar with stones. 10. Suitable gifts have been given to all the good servants. CHAPTER XXII. Comparison of Adjectives. Declension of Comparatives; Ablative loitli Comparatives. 125. Adjectives have in Latin as in English three degrees of comparison, — the positive, the comparative, and the superlative. Comparison may be regular or irregular. 126. REGULAR COMPARISON. POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. carus (stem caro-), carior, carissimus, dear. dearer. dearest. brevis (stem brevi-), brevier, brevissimus, sliort. shorter. shortest. velox (stem veloc-), velocior, velocissimus, • swift. swifter. swiftest. potens (stem potent-), potentior, potentissimus, powerful. more poioerful. most poiverftd. Observe that the comparative is formed from the stem of the positive by dropping the stem-vowel, if there is COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 63 one, and adding -ior, and the superlative likewise by add- ing -issimus} Compare altus, longus, latus, laetus, gratus, peritus, fortis, gravis. Declension of Comparatives. 127. PARADIGM, carlor, dearer. Stem carior. SINGULAR. PLURAL. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. N., V. carior carius cariores cariora G. carioris cariorum D cariori carioribus Ac. cariorem carius cariores (-is) cariora Ah. cariore or -i cari5ribus 1. All comparatives are declined like carior. 2. All superlatives are declined like bonus. 3. The comparative must sometimes be translated by too or rather, and the superlative by very. Bellum est longius, the war is rather long. Bellum est longissimum, the war is very long. 128. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Rex est potentior quam consul, a king is more powerful than a consul. 2. Rex est potentior consule, a king is more powerful than a consul. In what case is consul ? Why ? 1 Some adjectives are not compared by adding terminations, but by usint? magis, more, and maxime, mo,<;t ; as, idoneus, suitable; magis idoneus, more suitable; maxime idoneus, most suitable. 64 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Observe that the sentences have the same meaning, and that the ablative cunsule is used instead of quam consul. 129. EuLE. — The comparative is folloived by the abla- tive ivhe7i quam (than) is omitted. This ablatiye can only be used instead of a nominative or accusative. 130. VOCABULAEY. altitudo, -inis, /. {altus), perturbo, -are, -avi, -atum, height, depth. throw into confusion, disturb animus, -i, m., mind, spirit. greatly. Orgetorix, -igis, m., Orgetorix. apud (prep, ivith ace), among, nobilis, -e, of high birth, famous, with. noble. r sic (before consonants), circumdo, -Sre, -dedi, -d&tum, < atque (before vowels and con- (circum, around,awddo),to l sonants), and. put around, surround. quam, adv., than. 131. EXERCISES. I. 1. Keges semper fuerunt potentiores civibus, 2. Iter ad altum montem est brevissimum. 3. Apud Helvetios nobilissimiis fuit Orgetorix. 4. Imperator for- tior erat mllite. 5. Flumen est magna altitudine et ad magnas naves idoneum. 6. Oppidum natiira miinitum flumine magna altitudine circumdatum est. 7. Ariovistus et comes fuerunt pari magnittidine corporum. 8. Adu- lescentes animo perturbati sunt ingenti magnittidine corporum et magna virtute Germanorum. 9. Pacis artes gratiores sunt belli artibus. 10. Imperator fuit summa virtute ac humanitate. II. 1. Peace is more pleasant than war. 2. Seas are deeper and wider than rivers. 3. The Eomans, by the COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 65 shortest route, and with incredible rapidity, had hurried to the city and had surrounded it with soldiers. 4. Among the Germans, Ariovistus was the bravest and most powerful. 5. The violence (vis) of the enemy greatly disturbs the minds of the women and children. 6. The javelin of the Koman soldier was longer than his sword. 7. The lieutenant makes a very long journey in a severe (sharp) winter. 8. The cavalry are very swift and very brave. 9. The town was attacked by a youth of great valor. 10. The river is rather deep. CHAPTER XXIII. Comparison of Adjectives. — Continued. Partitive Genitive. 132. Adjectives in -er. POSITIVE. 1. miser (stem misero-), icretched. 2. celer (stem celeri-), quick. COMPARATIVE. miserior, -ius, more wretched. celerior, -ius, quicker. SUPERLATIVE. miserrimus, -a, -um, most wretched. celerrimus, -a, -uin, quickest. Observe that the comparative of adjectives in -er is formed regularly, but that the superlative is formed by adding to the nominative singular masculine of the posi- tive, -?'m2*s, -a, -um. Compare miser, acer, pulcher. QQ A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 133. Six adjectives in -Us form the superlative by adding -limus to the stem minus the stem-vowel. POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. facilis, easy. facilior. facillimus. difficilis, difficult. difficilior. diflficillimus. similis, like. siaiilior. simillimus. dissimilis, unlike. dissimilior. dissimillimus. gracilis, slender. gracilior. gracillimus. humilis, low. humilior. liumiUimus. 134. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Equitum fortissimi in Galliam properabunt, the bravest of the cavalry will hurry into Gaul. 2. Decern obsidum liberati sunt, ten of the hostages were set free. 3. Multi militum vulnerati erant, many of the soldiers had been wounded. Observe that each word Hmited by the genitive in the exam- ples denotes a part of the whole denoted by the genitive. 135. Rule. — The j^ct'i'titive genitive denotes the whole of which a part is taken. 136. VOCABULARY. locus, -1, in. {pi. loca, -orum, facilis„ -e, easy. w.), place. diflicilis, -e, difficult. mnrus, -i, wi., wall. similis, -e, like, similar. nihil, n., indeclinable, nothing. dissimilis, -e, unlike. 137. EXERCISES. I. 1. Carmina Homeri pulcherrima sunt omnium Graecorum carminum. 2. Aestate in Britannia nox est brevissima. 3. Mores fratris et sororis sunt dissimilliml. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 67 4. Pueri liber est facillimus, viri difficillimus. 5. Nihil est gratius quam multitudo amicorum. 6. Fratres et sorores sunt moribus simillimT. 7. Dux Romanorum, nobilis aclulescens, surama {depth of) hieme oppidum Germanorum oppugnavit. 8. Pars peditum in altissimo miiro stat et in hostes pila ac lapides mittit. 9. Bre- vissimo tempore legatus locum altissimo miiro circumdat. 10. Germanis fuit nihil humanitatis. 11. Adulescentem ingenti corporis magnitudine et summa virtute ad Caesarem mittit. II. 1.. Many books are very easy, many very difficult. 2. Among the Eomans the most powerful were not always men of the noblest birth. 3. The horses of Britain are very swift. 4. The farmer's black horse is swifter than the white (one). 5. Ariovistus was wounded in the foot. 6. Around the consul there were always young men of great culture and good character. 7. They attack on (ea;) all sides with loud (great) shouts and throw the ranks into confusion. 8. A part of the soldiers of Orgetorix Avere attacked in a place very strongly fortified by nature. 9. A wall of great height was put around the place with incredible quickness. 10. In a very short time they will be attacked with incredible violence. 68 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER XXIV. Irregular Comparison.— Continued. Ablative of Difference. 138, Four adjectives with regular comparatives have two irregular superlatives. POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. exterus, exterior, outer or more extremus and extimus, outward. outward. outermost or last. inferus, low. inferior, lower. infimus and imiis, lowest. posterus, posterior, later. postremus a7id postumus, following. last. superus, superior, higher. supreinus and summus. upper. top o/, highest. These adjectives are used mainly in the comparative and superlative. 139. The following are irregular throughout : POSITIVE. bonus, good. malus, bad. magnus, great. multus, much. multi, many. parvus, small. senex, old. iuvenis, young. COMPARATIVE. melior, melius, better. peior, peius, worse. maior, mains, greater. , plus,i more. plures, plura, more. minor, minus, smaller. senior (maior natu), oldej', elder. iunior (minor natu), younger. SUPERLATIVE. optimus, best. pessimus, worst. nfeximus, greatest. plurimus, most. plUrimT, most. minimus, smallest. maximus natu, oldest, eldest. minimus natu, youngest. 1 The neuter plus, nora. and ace, and the gen. pluris, are the only forms used in the singular. IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 69 140. Some comparatives and superlatives have no positive, but are apparently formed from adverbs or prepositions. COMrARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. prae, pro (prep., before) . prior, former. primus, first. prope (adv., near). propior, wearer. proximus, nearest. 141. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Pater capite maior est quam filius, the father is a head taller (larger by a head) than the son. 2. Titus decern annis senior est quam frater, Titus is ten years older (older by ten years) than his brother. 3. Arbor decern pedibus altior est quam miirus, the tree is ten feet higher (higher by ten feet) than the ivall. An ablative like capite, annis, or pedibus, with comparatives and words of comparison, showing how much one thing differs from another, is called an ablative of difference. 142. Rule. — The degree of difference is denoted by the ablative. 143. VOCABULARY. Allobroges, -um, m., the Alio- superus, -a, -um, upper. broges. exterus, -a, -um, outward, outer. Genava, -ae, /., Geneva. extremus, -a, -um, furthest, Tjabienus, -i, m., Labienus. extreme. lux, lucis,/., light. propior, -ius, nearer. natu,m. («&?. o/natus),inage. proximus, -a, -um, nearest, maior natu (greater in age), next. older. prior, -ius, former. invenis, -e, young; as a noun, senex, senis (m. only), old ; as a young man. a noun, an old man. 70 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 144. EXERCISES. I. 1. lulia multls annls iilnior qiiam f rater est. 2. Filii optimonim patrum saepe pessimi sunt. 3. Mains est Orgetorix, peior frater. 4. Labienus decern annis est minor natii Caesare. 5. Extremnm oppidnm Allobrogum est Genava. 6. Sorore lulia est pede altior. 7. Summus mons prima luce a Labieno occnpatns est. 8. Propior puerorum Labieni filius es*. 9. Milites e loco superiore in hostes pila mittunt. 10. Caesar priore aestate Bibracte oppugnaverat. 11. Virtute atqne humanitate Titus apud Graecos laudatus est. 12. Pax melior est quam bellum. II. 1. The manners of tlie girls are better than (those) of the boys. 2. Men very unlike are often friends. 3. Part of the soldiers were much disturbed in the night by a great shouting. 4. Orgetorix surrounded the place with a very high wall. 5. The poems of Homer are not very difficult. 6. The first part of the journey was very easy, but the last more difficult. 7. The mother and her daughter are very unlike. 8. Is the valor of the sol- dier more pleasing than the diligence of the farmer ? 9. Nothing delights everybody (omries). 10. He was older than his brother, and more famous among the Helvetians. FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 71 CHAPTER XXV. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs. 145. ADJECTIVES. ADVERBS. 1. miser (stem misero-), wretched. misere, wretchedly. carus (stem caro-), dear. care, dearly. Observe that adverbs from adjectives of tlie first and second declension are formed by dropping the final vowel of the stem and adding e.^ Form adverbs from gratus, laetus, pulcher. 2. acer (stem acri-), sharp. acriter, sharply. vel5x (stem veloc-), swift. velociter, swiftly. poteiis (stem potent-), powerful. potenter, powerfully. Observe that adverbs from adjectives of the third declension are formed by adding to the stem -ter or -iter. Stems ending in nt drop t before the addition. 3. Sometimes the neuter accusative and sometimes the ablative of the adjective is used as an adverb; as, multum, much; facile, easily ; primo, first. 146. COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. care, dearly. carius. celeriter, quickly. celerius. velociter, swiftly. velocius. SUPERLATIVE. carissime. celerrime. velocissime. Observe that in the comparative the adverb is the same as the neuter of the adjective, and that the superlative of 1 The adverbs from bonus and malus are formed irregularly, — bene, male. 72 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. the adverb is formed from the superlative of the adjec- tive regularly See 145. 1. 147. VOCABULARY. Belgae, -arum, m., the Bel- pro, pi'ep, with the abl., before, gians. in behalf of, for. causa, -ae, /., reason, cause ; acriter, adv., sharply. abl. sing., for the sake of. celeriter, adv., quickly. fuga, -ae, /., flight. facile, adv., easily. Oallus, -i, m., a Gaul. fortiter, adv., bravely. proelium, -i, n., battle. - graviter, adv., deeply. ventus, -i, m., wind. velociter, adv., swiftly. 148. EXERCISES. I. 1. VentI magnitudine minus velociter currit nun- tius. 2. Graviter homines ex malls liberorum moribus dolent. 3. Locus altissimo muro munitus ab Allobrogibus facile occupatus est. 4. Labienus ad Genavam propera- vit et prima luce oppidum occupavit. 5. Proximo proelio Helvetii omnibus partibus superiores fuerunt. 6. luve- nes sunt similes nomine, sed moribus dissimillimi. 7. Multis de causis Belgae sunt omnium Gallorum for- tissimi. 8. Caesar celeriter hostes in fugain dat {puts). 9. Pro patria omnes acerrime fortissimeque piignabunt. 10. Minor puerorum celerius currit quam maior. II. 1. The march was more difficult on account of a high (mdgnus) wind. 2. All the Gauls fought bravely for their native land. 3. All the higher places had been seized by the Belgians. 4. He will hasten by forced (very great) marches into the farthest territory (pi.) of the Bel- gians. 5. The Romans used to have longer swords than the Germans. 6. The brothers were very unlike. 7. Julia is a year younger than (her) brother. 8. Mothers are glad FOUKTH DECLENSION. 73 to labor (gladly labor) for (their) children. 9. A horse runs more swiftly than a man. 10. Nothing easily threw Caesar's legions into confusion. >N>ic CHAPTER XXVI. Fourth or w-Declension. Second 'Conjugation : Present Indicative Active, exercitus, m., army. cornu, n., horn. Stem exercitu- Stem cornu- SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. '"., V. exercitus exercitus cornu cornua G. exercitus exercituum corn us cornuum D. exercitui (u) exercitibus cornu cornibus Ac. exercitum exercitus cornu cornua Ab. exercitu exerci'tibus cornu cornibus 1. The stems of the fourth declension end in -u. 2. To find the stem, drop um of the genitive plural. 3. Make a table of terminations for both nouns. 4. Gender. — Nouns of the fourth declension ending n -us are almost all masculine ; in -H, neuter. SECOND CONJUGATION. 150. Learn the principal parts and present indicative active of teneo. 1. How do the terminations of the present tense differ from those of amo ? 74 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 2. What is the present stem ? See 56. 1. 3. Verbs of the second conjugation may be recognized by the ending -ere of the present infinitive active. 151. VOCABULARY. corna, -ns, n., horn, wing (of doleo, -ere, dolui, be pained, an army). grieved. exercitus, -us, w., army. habeo, -ere, -iii, -itum, have. impetus, -us, w., attack, vio- moveo, -ere, niovi, inotum, lence. move. uxor, -oris, /., wife. teneo, -ere, -ui, tentum, hold. cottidianus, -a, -um, daily. terreo, -ere, -ui, territum, dexter, -tra, -trum, right. frighten. fere, adv. , almost. 152. EXERCISES. I. 1. Labienus exercitum in castris tenet, et hostium dux dextrum cornti celeriter in superiorem locum movet. 2. Dextrum AUobrogum cornu ab hostibus superabatur. 3. Britannia est fortissimorum virorum patria. 4. Gal- lorum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae et fere cottidianls proeliis cum Germanis pugnant. 5. Primo impetii Labi- enus exercitum hostium in fugam dat. 6. Ariovistus Caesarem non pro amico sed pro hoste habet. 7. Genava prima luce a Caesare occupata est. 8. luvenes pro patria fortiter pugnabunt. 9. Uxorem ex Helvetiis habet. 10. Properat in altiorem locum castra movere. 11. Proxima nocte exercitum ex oppido movet et prima luce dextrum Belgarum cornti acriter oppugnat. II. 1. High winds do not easily frighten the sailors. 2. The year before ^ the place had been surrounded by a high wall. 3. The flight of the cavalry very much dis- 1 See 144. 1. 10. SECOND CONJUGATION. 75 turbs the mind of the commander-in-chief. 4. All the young men march swiftly in the night against the army of Labienus. 5. At daybreak they make a violent (sharp) attack upon the right wing. 6. The horsemen make almost daily attacks upon the army of Csesar. 7. He quickly moves (his) camp from the territory of the Allobroges into the territory of the Helvetians. 8. The wrongs done to (wrongs of) the Eoman people were the cause of the war. 9. The general is deeply pained by the flight of (his) army. 10. Labienus was ten years older than (his) wife. 11. The cavalry sharply attack a town in the most distant territories of the Gauls. CHAPTER XXVII. Second Conjugation: Imperfect and Future Indicative Active. Dative with Adjectives. 153. Learn the imperfect and future indicative active of teneo. Compare the endings with those of the same tenses of amo, and observe that they differ only in the final vowel of the stem. 154. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Puella est cara matri, the girl is dear to her mother. 2. Helvetii proximi erant Germanis, the Helvetians were near- est to the Germans. 3. Oppidum est urbi similis, a town is like a city. 76 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Observe that in each of these sentences the dative is depen- dent upon an adjective, and shows to what the quality denoted by the adjective applies. 155. E-uLE. — Many adjectives take a dative to define their application. These are chiefly adjectives of fitness, nearness, likeness, friendliness, and their opposites. 156. VOCABULARY. commeatus, -ns, w., supplies. potestas, -atis, /., power. copia, -ae, /., abundance ; in Vergilius, -i, m., Virgil. pl.^ (military) forces. novus, -a, -um, new. manus, -us,/., hand. sinister, -tra, -trum, left. memoria, -ae,/., memory. video, -ere, vidi, visum, see. portus, -us, w., harbor, port. 167. EXERCISES. I. 1. Omnia oppida Belgarum in Caesaris potestate fuerunt. 2. Carmina Vergili, poetae KomanT, carminibus HomerT, poetae GraecT, similia sunt. 3. Locus castrls natura est idoneus. 4. Caesar novos mllites in castrls tenebit. 5. Sinistrum exercittis cornu ab hostibus supe- ratum est. 6. Puella dextra manti librum, sinistra rosam tenebat. 7. Caesaris exercitui nihil fuit difficile. 8. Prima luce multae naves longae in portu fuerunt. 9. Caesar iniurias Helvetiorum memoria tenebat. 10. Dux in summo monte copias hostium videbit. 11. Copia commeatus ex Gallia celeriter portabatur. II. 1. The almost daily attacks of the Gauls frighten the recruits (new soldiers). 2. The sailor's wife was much disturbed by the violence of the wind. 3. The SECOND CONJUGATION. 77 memory of wrongs is often the cause of war. 4. The flight of the soldiers deeply grieves the leader. 5. The general will easily procure supplies suitable for (his) whole army. 6. The Gauls fought bravely in defence of their native land. 7. He will quickly move his camp to a higher place. 8. The young man will see many ships in the harbors of Britain. 9. He has in the town a great supply of grain. 10. At daybreak the Bel- gians violently attack (make an attack violently against) the left wing. CHAPTER XXVIII. Second Con jugration : Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative Active. 158. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative active of teneo. What is the perfect stem of teneo ? See 74. 1. 159. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Orgetorix commeatum habebat, habebit. 2. Cla- more equum terrebit, terruit. 3. Labieuum dextra manu, sinistra Titum tenebat. 4. Llberos et uxores Germano- rum explorator videbit, viderat. 5. Castra minora vide- mus, vidimus. 6. Nihil iuvenes terrebit, terruit. 7. Ubi equitem celerem vidisti, videras ? 8. Summum montem prima luce tenebimus, tenebamus. 9. Iniurias memoria tenuerat, tenuerit, 10. Fuga equitum peditum animos perturbabat. 78 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. II. 1. We have supplies in the town. 2. The legion had a camp on the top of the mountain. 3. You will have a supply of grain. 4. The high wind was fright- ening the girls. 5. Where did you see a camp ? 6. Was Dumnorix in Caesar's power ? 7. They will see a large number of men. 8. They were moving (their) children from the city. 9. They moved (their) wives into the city. 10. The Belgians bravely attacked the camp. 160. VOCABULARY. agmen, -inis, n., column, contineo, -ere, -ui, -tentuin, troops (in motion) ; no vis- (cum and teneo), to hold simuin agmen, the rear ; together, restrain, hem in. primum agmen, the van. pertineo, -ere, -ui, -tentuin, centurio, -onis, w., centurion. (per and teneo), to hold Dumnorix, -igis, »»., Dum- through, extend. norix. prohibeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, (pro oceasus, -us, m., a setting. and habeo), to hold off, hin- Rhenus, -i, m., the Rhine. der from, check. sol, solis, ?n., sun. sustineo, -ere, -ui, tentum, (sub inferus, -a, -um, low. and teneo), to hold under, propter ,(prejp. with ace), on withstand, endure. account of. 161. EXERCISES. I. 1. Caesar omnes copias in castris continuit. 2. Dextrum cornti Belgarum impetus exercittis Roman! facile sustinuerat. 3. Occasti solis ad concilium centuri- ones omnium ordinum convocati sunt. 4. Belgae ab ex- tremis Galliae finibus ad mferiorem partem fltiminis Kheni pertinebant. 5. Clamor militum novissimum agmen Belgarum terruerat. 6. ludicis uxor sinistra manu carmina Vergill tenuit. 7. Propter magnitudinem venti omnes fere naves in portu tenueramus. 8. Vidi- SECOND CONJUGATION. 79 stine magnam copiam navium longarum in portti ? 9. Equitibus copias Dumnorigis commeatii prohibuimus. 10. Imperator ad locum castrls natura idoneum exercitum movent. 11. Habuistine Dumnorigem in potestate ? 12. Primum agmen ab hora tertia ad solis occasum impetus hostium sustinuit. II. 1. The right wing was lower than the left. 2. Dumnorix was not pleasing to Caesar. 3. He will hold in memory the wrongs of (our) country. 4. We hastened with almost all (our) forces to the river and checked the van of the enemy. 5. The Belgians fought (in) almost daily battles with the Germans. 6. He kept the legion in camp on account of the wounds of the centurions. 7. Caesar easily hindered the Helvetians from (their) journey. 8. There had been a very large supply of grain in the town. 9. We had seen a harbor suitable for war- vessels. 10. Boys, did the territories of the Belgae extend to the river Khine ? CHAPTER XXIX. Second Conjugation : Present Indicative Passive. Fifth Declension. 162. Learn the present indicative passive of habeo, 1. Compare the endings with the corresponding end- ings of amo. 2. Like habeo conjugate the present indicative passive of terreo, moveo, and video. 80 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 63. PARADIGM. dies, day. res, thing. Stem die- Stem re- SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR PLURAL. \, V. dies dies res res G. diei dieriim rei rerum . D. diei diebus rei rebus Ac. diem dies rem res Ab. die diebus re rebus 1. How are the stems of these nouns found ? 2. Make a table of the terminations. 3. Dies and res are the only nouns of this declension which have all the cases of both numbers. The others are wanting in the plural wholly or in part. 4. Gender. — ISTouns of the fifth declension are femi- nine, except dies, which is usually masculine in the sin- gular, always masculine in the plural. 164. VOCABULARY. acies, -ei,/., line of battle. dies, -ei, m., day. Divitiacus, -i, m., Divitiacus. fides, -ei, /., confidence. res, -ei,/., thing, affair. pauci, -ae, -a, few. pedester, -tris, -tre, of infantry, on foot. posterus, -a, -um, following, after. expagno, -are, -avi, -atum, take by storm. incito, -are, -avi, -atum, urge on, arouse, incite. valeo, -ere, valui, be strong. 165. EXERCISES. I. 1. Postero die exercitus in castris a Caesare con- tinetur. 2. Divitiaco^ Caesar maximam fidem habebat. 1 Dative. SECOND CONJUGATION. 81 3. Vergilius optimus poetarum Eomanorum habetur. 4. Impetus hostium a tertia acie sustinetur. 5. Multae res populum Eomanum ad bellum incitabant. 6. KomanI pedestribus copiis pltirimum valebant. 7. Oppidum et natura loci et manu munitum paucis diebus expugnatum est. 8. Memoria priorum proelioriim centuriones de- lectabat. 9. Helvetii flumine Rheno latissimo atque altissimo continentur. 10. Occasti solis a civibus in summo monte novissimum agmen videtur. 11. Comme- atus^ causa in fines Allobrogum exercitus properavit. 12. Pedites ex inferiore loco plla in copias liostium mittunt. II. 1. A harbor suitable for war-vessels is seen by the scout. 2. The infantry are kept from the territories of the Belgians by an attack of the cavalry. 3. Slaves are in the power of (their) masters. 4. Is the pupil's book held in the left hand ? 5. We soldiers are kept in camp on account of our wounds. 6. In the next summer the Gauls were aroused to war by a few chiefs. 7. The territory of the Belgians extends to the river Ehine. 8. A day is longer in summer than in winter. 9. Not all things are difficult. 10. The king is strong in the great number of (his) cavalry. 11. The line of battle was very long. 12. The town had been taken by storm in the first part of the summer. 13. I have the greatest confidence in (my) father.^ 1 The ablative causa, for the sake of, is used with the genitive, which regularly precedes it. 2 See I. 2, note. '^Tbra^P' 82 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER XXX. Second Conjugation : Imperfect and Future Indic- ative Passive. Nine Irregular Adjectives. 166. Learn tlie imperfect and future indicative pas- sive of habeo, Like habeo conjugate the imperfect and future indic- ative passive of moveo, teneo, and video. 167. The following adjectives, regular in the plural, end in -lus in the genitive singular, and in -i in the dative singular. ahus, other. t5tus, whole. alter. the other {of two). nulliis, no^ none. ullus, any. neuter, neither {of two). solus, alone. unus, one. uter, ' which {of two). 168. PARADIGMS. alius, other. unus, one. Stem alio-, alia- Stem uno-, nna- SINGULAR. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. - N. alius alia aliud unus una unum G. alius alius alius unius linius tinlus D. alii alii alii uni Qui uni Ac. alium aliam aliud unum unam unum Ab. alio alia • alio uno una uno Notice that alius has d, not m, in the neuter nominative and accusative singular. SECOND CONJUGATION. 83 169. VOCABULARY. civitas, -atls, /., state. alter, -era, -erum, other(of two). lara, -ae, m., the Jura (moun- solus, -a, -um, alone, only. tains). totus, -a, -um, whole, entire. latitado,-inis,/.,(latus), width. Onus, -a, -um, one. Rhodanus, -i, m., the Rhone. timeo, -ere, -ui, to fear. alius, -a, -ud, other. undique, adv., on all sides. 1 70. EXERCISES. I. 1. Undique loci nattira Helvetii continebantur ; una ex parte, flumine Rhodano latissimo ; altera ex parte, monte lura altissimo. 2. Divitiacus solus ex omnI civi- tate Germanis liberos obsides non dedit. 3. Propter magnitudinem silvarum et latitudinem fluminum iter timebat. 4. Multae res Orgetorigem ad aliud proelium incitabant. 5. Paucis diebus oppidum ab hostibus tene- bitur. 6. Alii alia re ^ valent. 7. Centuriones soli postero die in concilium a Caesare convocati sunt. 8. Pedestria itinera a nautis habebantur difficillima. 9. Acies Eo- mana a flumine ad infiinum^ montem pertinebat. 10. Facile erit commeatu hostes prohibere. 11. Impera- tor centurionibus ^ maximam fidem habebat. 12. Totum agmen uno tempore videbitur. II. 1. On account of the height of the wall, he did not take the town by storm. 2. The attacks of the enemy were bravely endured by the whole line. 3. The cavalry make a violent (acer) attack on the Roman column. 4. He has great confidence in the whole army.'^ 5. Some centurions were wounded on one day, others on another. 6. The camp will be moved to a higher place 1 Others in another thing ; i.e. Some in one thine/, others in another. 2 Loioest, lowest part of, base of. 3 gee 165. I. 2, 84 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. ill a few days. 7. In one hand he held a book, in the other a stone. 8. Caesar with the third legion alone will storm the town. 9. The village is hemmed in on all sides by very high mountains. 10. A place is being pre- pared for another band of Germans. 11. The whole state feared the name of Ariovistus. 171. READING LESSON. Note, — In the reading lessons, all words not previously given in the special vocabularies are translated in parentheses. This does not apply to numerals, which must be sought in Chapters XXXII. and XXXIII. [CjEsab, Gallic War, Book I. 1-4.] Galliae omnis sunt partes tres. Unius partis Belgae sunt incolae, alius AquitanT (Aquitanians), tertiae Celtae (Celts). Eomani Celtas Gallos vocabant. Gallorum omnium fortissimi erant Belgae. Belgae saepe cum Germanis pugnabant. Belgae et Helvetii proximi erant GermanTs. Helvetii fere cottldiams proelils cum Germa- nis pugnabant. Belgae continebantur marl, Rheno flu- mine, Matrona (Marne) et Sequana (Seine) fluminibus. Galli finibus Belgarum, Bheno et Bhodano fluminibus, Garumna (Garonne) flumine, marl continebantur. Aqui- tani a Garumna flumine ad Pyrenaeos (Pyreyiees) montes et mare pertinebant. Apud Helvetios nobilissimus fuit OrgetorTx. Helvetii undique loci natura continebantur. In aliam partem Galliae iter facere (to make) parabant. Orgetorlgem legatum ad alios Gallos miserunt (they sent). In itinere Casticum (Casticus, a man's name) Sequanum (a Sequanian) et Dumnorigem Aeduum (an Aeduan) amicos facit. Dumnorlgi filiam dat uxorem. Orgetorigi^ 1 See 48 and 49. SECOND CONJUGATION. 85 in animo erat rex esse in Helvetiis. Casticus et Dumno- rlx Orgetorigem iuvabant. Ees Helvetiis narrata est et Orgetorix accusatus est. Servos et amicos convocavit. Per amicos et servos iTberatus est, sed panels diebus post {afterward) mortuus est (Jie died). CHAPTER XXXI. Second Conjug-ation : Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-Perfect Indicative Passive. 1 72. Learn the perfect,, pluperfect, and future-perfect indicative passive of habeo. For explanation in regard to these tenses, see 119. 1, 2, and 3. 173. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I.. 1. Corpore ac animo centurio valebat. 2. Titus corpore plus valet quam animo. 3. Postero die castra moventur, movebuntur. 4. Castra celeriter mota sunt, mota erant. 5. Pauci equitum ab exploratore visi sunt, visi erant. 6. Obsides in potestate Caesaris tenebantur, tenebuntur. 7. Alii hostes, alii longitudinem itineris timebant, timuerant. 8. A custode videberis, visus eras. 9. Fluminibus continebimur, continemur. 10. Legiones in castris continebantur, contentae sunt. II. 1. The line of battle was extending, it will extend to the foot of {Irifimus) the mountain. 2. The attack had been sustained, it will be sustained. 3. Dumnorix alone 86 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. will be kept, he has been kept in Caesar's power. 4. You had been seen, you have been seen by the soldier's wife. 5. We shall be seen, we shall have been seen in the city in a few days. 6. The judge is feared, he will be feared by the bad only. 7. The cavalry had been kept from the Ehone. 8. The state was incited, it will be incited to war by the slaughter of the citizens. 9. The town had been taken by storm the year before. 10. We will attack, we were attacking the left wing. 174. VOCABULARY. auctoritas, -atis, /., influence, duo, two. authority, noster, -tra, -trum, our. Bellovaci, -orum, m., the Bel- obtineo, -ere, -ui, -tentum, lovaci. hold. Casticus, -i, wi., Casticus. compleo, -ere, -evi, -etum, fill, provlncia, -ae, /. , province. cover. regnum, -i, n., kingdom, royal inter {prep, with acc.)y between, power. among. Sequanus, -i, m., a Sequanian. omnino, adv., altogether, in all. 1 76. EXERCISES. I. 1. HelvetiTs erant omnino itinera duo; unum per Sequanos inter montem luram et flumen Ehodanum; alterum per provinciam nostram. 2. Eegnum in civitate Sequanorum a Castici patre obtentum est. 3. Totus mons a Caesare completus est hominibus. 4. Orgetorigis aucto- ritas inter Helvetios non parva erat. 5. Pedestres copias solas Sequani timebant. 6. Alii in aliam partem equos incitabant. 7. Plurimum inter Belgas Bellovacorum auc- toritas et^ virtute et hominum numero valebat. 8. Cae- 1 Et . . . et, both . . . and. THIRD CONJUGATION. 87 sar tertiae legion is mllitibus summam fidem habebat. 9. Ehodanus flumen est inter fines Helvetiorum et Allobrogum. 10. Postero die nostra acies superiorem locum obtinuit. II. 1. The young man had few friends, the old man many. 2. Our soldiers quickly took the town by storm. 3. Orgetorix did not seize the royal power in the Helve- tian state. 4. The whole camp had been filled with the enemy. 5. There was only one legion in Gaul. 6. The sons will be praised by their fathers for their diligence. 7. Have you seen many large rivers ? 8. Csesar had con- fidence in the third legion only. 9. The town was bounded on one side by a stream of great width, on the other by a high mountain. 10. The judge is a man of great influence among our citizens. CHAPTER XXXII. Third Conjugation : Present Indicative Active. Cardinal Numbers; Accusative of Extent. 176. Learn from the vocabulary the principal parts of diico. What is the present stem ? See 56. 1. Verbs of the third conjugation may be recognized by the ending -ere of the present infinitive active. 177. Learn the present indicative active of dtico (p. 211). 88 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Notice that the stem-vowel e is lost before -o, becomes u before -nt, and I before other endings. 178. CARDINAL NUMERALS. 1. unus, una, unum 30. triginta 2. duo, duae, duo 40. quadraginta 3. tres, tria 50. quinquaginta 4. quattuor , 60. sexaginta 5. quinque 70. septuaginta 6. sex 80. octoginta 7. septem 90. nonaginta 8. octo 100. centum 9. novem 101. centum unus or centum 10. decern et unus 11. iindecim 102. centum duo or centum 12. duodecim et duo 13. tredecim 200. ducenti, -ae, -a 14. quattuordecim 300. trecenti, -ae, -a 15. qumdecim 400. quadringenti, -ae, -a 16. sedectm 500. quingenti, -ae, -a 17. septendecim 600. sescenti, -ae, -a 18. duodevTginti (octodecim) 700. septingenti, -ae, -a 19. undeviginti (novendecim) 800. octingenti, -ae, -a 20. viginti 900. nongenti, -ae, -a 21. viginti unus or unus et 1000. mllle viginti 2000. duo mllia 22. viginti duo or duo et viginti 10,000. decern mllia 28. duodetrlginta 100,000. centum mllia 29. undetrlginta 179. DECLENSION OF CARDINALS. Cardinal numerals are indeclinable except unus, duo, tres, the hundreds from ducenti to nongenti inclusive, and miha, the plural of mille. For the declension of tinus see 168. THIRD CONJUGATION. Duo and tres are thus declined : — OW THR aNIVERSIT sS'Icaliforhv^ 180. PAEADIGMS. duo, two. tres, three. Masculine. Feminine. N. duo duae Neuter. duo Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. tres tria G. duorum duarum duorum D. duobus duabus duobus Ac. duos, duo duas duo Ah. duobus duabus duobus tres trium tribus tres triuin trium tribus tribus tres tribus tribus tria tribus 1. The hundreds, ducenti to nongenti, are declined like the plural of bonus. 2. In the singular miUe is generally an adjective, but the plural milia is always a noun of the neuter gender, declined like the neuter plural of ties, and is followed by the partitive genitive; as, mille milites, a thousand soldiers; but tria milia militum, three thousand soldier s^ {three thou- sands of soldiers). 181. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Caesar paucos dies In oppido exercitum continebat, CcEmr kept his army in the town for a few days. 2. Legiones multos annos in Gallia fuerant, the legions had been many years in Gaul. 3. Flumen est pedes tres altum, the river is three feet deep. 4. Puer sescentos passiis currit, the hoy runs six hundred paces. Observe that dies and annos denote duration of time, and are in the accusative case. They answer the question, Hoiolong? Observe, also, that pedes and passiis denote extent of space, and are in the accusative. They answer the question, How far f 90 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 182. EuLE. — Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the accusative. 183. • VOCABULARY. longitude, -inis, /. , length. octoginta, eighty. passus, -us, ??i., a pace. centum, one hundred. quot, indeclinable adj., how ducenti, -ae, -a, two hundred, many. trecenti, -ae, -a, three hundred. tres, three. mille, ■one thousand. quattuor, four. curro, -ere, cucurri, cursuin, quinque, five. run. sex, six. gero, -ere, gessi, gestum, do ; viginti, twenty. beUum gerere, carry on war. quadraglnta, forty. mitto, -ere, misi, missum, sexaginta, sixty. send. 184. EXERCISES. I. 1. Mensa erat tres pedes longa, et duos pedes lata. 2. Fines Helvetiorum in longitudinem milia passuum centum et octoginta pertinebant. 3. Belgae cum Germa- nis multos annos bellum gerunt.^ 4. Nostri- multas horas cum hostibus pugnabant. 5. Quot dies habet annus ? Trecentos et sexaginta quinque. 6. E pro- vincia in fines Allobrogum quinque legiones legatus mit- tit. 7. Quot equites erant in castris ? Equitum milia erant omnino sex. 8. Labienus totum diem iter facit, et occasu solis oppidum milia passuum sex a Belgis occu- pat. 9. Arbor in horto sexaginta pedes alta est. 10. Di- vitiacus nostra memoria regnum magnae partis Galliae obtinuit. 11. Legatus cum sola decima legione provinciam obtinebit. 1 English, have been, etc. ^ gee 51, foot-note. THIRD CONJUGATION. 91 II. 1. The forest is six miles long and four miles wide. 2. There were in the army forty thousand five hundred men. 3. How many hours were there in a day among the Romans ? Twelve. 4. One seized the royal power in one state, another in another. 5. The route between the river Rhone and the Jura mountains was difficult. 6. The influence of Dumnorix among the Hel- vetii was greater than (that) of Divitiacus.- 7. Csesar held one mountain, the enemy the other. 8. The towns of the Sequanians were filled with our men. 9. How many miles does the city extend? 10. The army marches forty miles in two days. 185. READING LESSON. [C-ESAB, Gallic War, Book I. 5-9.] Helvetiis in animo erat per provinciam Romanam iter facere {to make). Frumentum et multas alias res in itinere portare parabant. Duo omnino itinera erant: linum difficile, per Sequanorum fines, inter montem Itiram et flumen Rhodauum, alterum per provinciam Romanam, multo facilius. Allobroges a Romanis superati erant. Extremum oppidum Allobrogum erat proximumque Hel- vetiorum finibus Genava. Caesar summa celeritate ad Genavam legionem dticit. Helvetii legatos ad Caesarem mittunt nobilissimos civitatis. Caesar Helvetiis iter per provinciam non dat, sed legione alilsque mllitibus ad montem luram milia passuum decem novem murum in altitudinem pedum sedecim dticit, et Helvetios itinere prohibet. Helvetii altera via {road) per Sequanos iter facere volebant {wished) sed SequanI iter non dabant. Ad Dumnorlgem Aeduum legatos mittunt Helvetii. 92 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Dumnorix apud Sequanos plurimum valebat auctoritate et Helvetiis propter uxorein amicus erat. Sequani Dum- norigis auctoritate moti (moved) Helvetiis per fines iter dant. CHAPTER XXXni. Third Conjugation: Imperfect and Future Indicative Active. Ordinal Numerals. 186. Learn the imperfect and future indicative active of duco. Observe that the endings of the imperfect are the same as those of the first and second conjugations, while those of the future are different. Write a table of future endings for the third conjuga- tion, active voice, and commit to memory. 187. OEDINAL NUMERALS. 1st. primus nth. undecimus 2d. secundus 12th. duodecimus 3d. tertius 13th. tertius decimus 4th. quartus 14th. quartus decimus 5th. quintus 15th. quintus decimus 6th. sextus 16th. sextus decimus 7th. Septimus 17th. Septimus decimus 8th. octavus 18th. duodevTceshnus 9th. iionus 19th. undevlcesimus 10th. decimus 20th. vicesimus THIRD CONJUGATION. 93 21st. vTcesimus primus or unus et vicesimus 28th. duodetricesimus 29th. undetricesimus 30th. trlcesimus 40th. quadragesimus 50th. quinquagesimus 60th. sexagesimus 70th. septuagesiinus 80th. octogesimus 90th. nonages imus 100th. centesimus 200th. ducentesimus 1000th. mlUesinius Ordinal numerals are declined like bonus. 188. VOCABULARY. adventus, -us, w., arrival, approach. Hannibal, -alis, m., Hannibal. Italia, -ae, /. , Italy. manipulus, -i, wi., a maniple. certus, -a, -um, certain. Gallicus, -a, -um, Gallic, of Gaul. duco, -ere, duxi, ductum, lead. lego, -ere, legi,lectuni, gather, read. scribo,-ere, scrips!, scriptum, write. quartus, -a, -um, fourth. quintus, -a, -um, fifth. sextus, -a, -um, sixth. decimus, -a, -um, tenth. vicesimus, -a, -um, twentieth. 189. EXERCISES. I. 1. Pueri sextum de Bello Gallico librum legebant. 2. Uxorem de adventu filiarum triiim certiorem^ facit. 3. Vicesimus aciel miles pilo vulneratus est. 4. Duabus horis decem milia passuum nuntius curret. 5. A pro- vincia in fines Belgarum viginti diebus exercitum diicit. 6. Quinto belli anno urbs a Eomanis expugnata est. 7. Cohors decima pars legionis Eomanae, manipulus tertia pars cohortis erat. 8. Peditum milia sex et equi- tum milia quattuor in proelio ptignaverunt. 9. Scribe- tisne, pueri, epistulas ad patres ? Scribemus. 10. Hanni- bal magnum exercitum in Italiam dticit.et multis proelils 1 Certiorem facit, makes more certain, i.e. informs. 94 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Komanos superat. 11. Vigilia apud Eomanos quarta pars noctis erat. 12. Ducentos quadragiiita quattuor annos reges Romanorum regnum obtinebant. 13. In portu erant trecentae octoginta naves. II. 1. We shall write many letters from the city to (our) friends. 2. A friend of the Roman people had for many years held the royal power among the Sequanians. 3. How many legions were (there) in our province ? 4. (There) were in all in the state of the ^duans three legions and four cohorts. 5. We were reading about the arrival of Hannibal in Gaul. 6. The town was filled with cavalry and foot-soldiers. 7. Through the influence of Orgetorix, the ^duans were carrying on war with the Germans. 8. Our state extends in length two hundred miles, and in breadth one hundred. 9. On the fifth day at sunset he takes the town by storm. 10. On the four- teenth day the general will lead from Italy six cohorts of the second legion. CHAPTER XXXIV. Third Conjugation : Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-Perfect Indicative Active. Personal and Reflexive Pronouns. 190. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future-perfect tenses of the indicative active of dtico. Compare the end- ings with those of the same tenses of amo and habeo. THIRD CONJUGATIOK. 95 191. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Multos annos Hannibal cum Eomanis bellum gerebat, gesserat. 2. Quot epistulas tino anno scribis, scripsisti ? 3. Quattuor libros de Bello Gallico legemus, legimus. 4. Equos sexaginta in castra mittemus, mlsi- mus. 5. Centurio manipulum dticebat, duxerat. 6. Ntin- tius uno die viginti mllia passuum curret, cucurrit. 7. Pedites plla celeriter mittent, miserint. 8. Nautae frumento naves complent, compleverunt. 9. Eegnum in Sequanis a Komanorum amico obtinebitur, obtinebatur. 10. In provinciam copias legatus dticet, ducebat, dtixit. II. 1. Our pupils have read, they will read many- good books. 2. I have written to my father, I shall write. 3. Three hundred men were wounded, they had been wounded in the first battle. 4. How many books did you write, how many had you written? 5. The soldier will send many presents to (his) son, he has sent many. 6. I will lead the horse to the general. 7. On the fifth day the general was wounded, on the sixth the camp was stormed. 8. The boys will run, they were running very swiftly. 9. I will send (my) children to Italy, I have sent (them). 10. The ships will be filled, they had been filled with men. Personal Pronouns. 192. PARADIGMS. First Person, singular. plural. N. ego, 7. nos, we. G. mei, of me. nostrum or nostri, of us. D. mihi (mi), to, for me. nobis, to, for us. ^\ B R A ^ OF THE CTNIVERSITY yo A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. SINGULAR. PLURAL. Ac. me, me. nos, us. Ah. me, from, by, with, etc., me. nobis, from, btj, ivith, etc., us. Second Person. N.^V. ta, (thou) tjou. vos, you. G. tui, of (thee) you. \restrum or xestri, of yo7(. D. tibi, to, for (thee) you. vobis, to, for you. Ac. te, (thee) you. vos, you. Ah. te, from, by, icith, etc., \obis,from, by, loith, etc., you. (thee) you. Third Person. Hejlexive. iV. G. sui, of him (self), her (self), sui, ofthem(selves). it (self). D. sib!, to, for him(self), etc. sibi, «o, for them(selves). Ac. se, sese, him(self), etc. se, sese, them(selves) . Ah. se, sese, /ro?», by, with, se, sese, /rom, by, with, etc., etc., him(self). them(selves) . 1. The reflexive regularly refers to the subject of the sentence ; as, liilia se culpat, Julia blames herself. The place of the reflexive of the first and second person is supplied by the personal pronouns ego, tu, nos, vos ; as, Ego me culpo, / hlame myself ; tu te culpas, you blame yourself. 2. The forms nostrum and vestrum are use(d chiefly as partitive genitives. See 135. 3. There are in Latin no special forms for the per- sonal pronouns he, she, it, and they. For the substitutes see 208. 1. 4. When used with personal and reflexive pronouns, the preposition cum is enclitic (see 4. 7) ; as, mecum, secum, vobiscum. So also with relative pronouns ; as, quocum, quacum, quibuscum. THIRD CONJUGATION. 97 193. VOCABULARY. Cicero, -onis, m., Cicero. adversus, -a, -um, unfavorable, tempestas, -atis,/., storm, tern- adverse; adversae res, ad- pest, versity. ego, I. secundus, -a, -um, favorable. tu, thou. secundae res, prosperity. sui, of himself, herself, itself. ago, -ere, egi, actum, drive, do, iam, adv., now, already. act. 194. EXERCISES. I. 1. Ego tertia die! hora epistulam scribebam, tu carmina Homerl legebas. 2. lulia se semper laudat, sed me semper culpat. 3. Quot annos habet Cornelia? Quinque annos habet. 4. Legerat quattuor de Bello Gallico libros. 5. Silva sex milia passuum in latitiidinem pertinet. 6. Nomina multorum poetarum sunt cara nobis. 7. Adversa tempestas in litus nos egerat. 8. Xuntius de fuga Hannibalis fuit certus. 9. Multae naves longae prop- ter tempestatem in nostrum portum cucurrerant. 10. In rebus secundis omnes amicos habent. 11. Tibi dabo duos pulcherrimos libros. Quid tu mihi dabis ? 12. Pauci nostrorum^ impetum equitum sustinuerunt. 13. Ducem vobiscum milia passuum decem mittemus. 14. Hannibal iam multas Italiae civitates exptignaverat. 15. Res adversae saepe fortium animos terrent. II. 1. The garden extends two hundred feet in length and one hundred in breadth. 2. He leads two maniples of the second cohort to the top of the mountain. 3. How many books do you read in a year ? 4. You will read with me the first book of the Gallic War. 5. I shall read 1 Our (men) . 98 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. a good book, but you will write a letter to (your) mother. 6. He informs ^ me of the arrival of my father. 7. There was a river between the Romans and the camp of Hanni- bal. 8. On the fourteenth day we saw a wide river, and on the twentieth a very high mountain. 9. I am the fifth, you are the sixth. 10. Nothing is dearer to me than (my) country. 11. The tempest will drive many ships into the harbor. 195. READING LESSON. [C^SAR, Gallic War, Book I, 10-12.] Helvetiis in animo erat per agrum Sequanorum et Aeduorum iter in Santonum {the Santones) fines facere. Santones proximi erant provinciae Eomanae. Caesar ex Italia quinque legiones in Galliam duxit. In itinere cum montium incolis pugnabat. Caesaris adventu Helvetii iam per Sequanorum fines in Aeduorum agros copias dtixerant et Aeduorum agros vastabant. Aedul et alii Eomanorum amicl ad Caesarem legatos miserunt. Caesar Aeduos iuvare et Helvetios superare voluit (wished). Flumen est Arar (the Sadne) quod (which) per fines Aeduorum et Sequanorum in Ehodanum influit (flows). Helvetii tres iam partes copiarum trans (across) Ara- rim flumen dtixerant, quartam fere partem non traduxe- rant (had led across). Omnis civitatis Helvetiorum quattuor partes erant. Caesar in quartam Helvetiorum partem impetum facit. Multi occlsi sunt (were killed) ; reliqui fugae se mandaverunt (gave up). 1 Cf. 189. I. 2. THIRD CONJUGATION. CHAPTER XXXV. Third Conjugation: Present and Imperfect Passive. Possessive Pronouns. 196. Learn the present and imperfect indicative pas- sive of duco. 197. From the personal pronouns are formed the possessive pronouns. meus, -a, -um, my. tuus, -a, -urn, thy. noster, -tra, -trum, our. vester, -tra, -truin, your. suus, -a, -um, his^ hers, their. 1. These are adjectives in construction and they are declined as regular adjectives of the first and second declension, except that the vocative singular masculine of mens is usually mi, sometimes meus. 2. Suus, like the personal pronoun from which it is formed, is reflexive. 3. Possession is denoted by the possessive pronouns, not by the genitive of the personal pronouns. Puer suam matrem amat, the boy loves his mother. 198. VOCABULARY. ripa, -ae, /., hank. divide, -ere, divisi, divisum, vicus, -i, m., village. divide, separate. meus, -a, -um, my. exspecto, -are, -avi, -atum, tuus, -a, -um, thy, your. wait for, expect. noster, -tra, -trum, our. incolo, -ere, -colui, live in, vester, -tra, -trum, your. inhabit. suus, -a, -um, his, her, its, their. ante (prep, with ace), before. 100 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 199. EXERCISES. I. 1. Milites novl in cohortes dividuntur.^ 2. Explo- rator de omnibus rebus Caesarem cottldie certiorem facit. 3. Ante adventum vestrum, amici, quintum de Bello Gallico librum legebam. 4. Eebus in adversis pauci, in se- cundis multi ho minibus amici sunt. 5. Primam lucem in rlpa fiuminis exspectabam. 6. tJnam partem Galliae in- colunt Belgae, aliam Galli. 7. Te et amicum tuum in vTco exspectabit. 8. Duos nuntios ad Hannibalem iam miserat. 9. Epistula tua, mi fllT,^ multum me delectavit. 10. Sum- mam suorum ^ virtutem Caesar laudat. 11. Cicero ad ami- cos nmltas epistulas scripsit. 12. Bellum cum multls civitatibns ab Hannibale gerebatur. 13. JS"avis nostra in portum tempestate agebatur. II. 1. The Allobroges used to live near the Eoman province. 2. Your letter, brother, was very welcome to me. 3. A watch was the fourth part of a night. 4. The messenger informs Orgetorix of the arrival of Csesar in Gaul. 5. The boy sees himself in the water. 6. The tenth legion was being led through our province. 7. We were reading with pleasure the poems of Vir- gil. 8. He was writing a letter to his sister before my arrival. 9. Our forces were being quickly led into the territory of the Sequanians. 10. I have few books ; you have many. 11. We shall often be reading the fourth, fifth, and sixth hours of the day. 12. Our field is being divided by a wall into two parts. 1 Are being divided. ^ Vocative. 3 The possessive pronouns are used frequently agreeing with an omitted noun. Cf. 194. I. 12. THIRD CON^UGATK)]^, [V {' ) i,- p,'. lilt CHAPTER XXXVI. Third Conjugation: Future, Perfect, and Future-Perfect Indicative Passive. 200. Learn the future, perfect, pluperfect, and future- perfect indicative passive of duco. Observe that the last three tenses do not differ in form from the same tenses of the first and second conjugations. 201. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Dividitur, di visum est. 2. Scribunt, scribebunt. 3. Mittitur, mittetur, mittuntur. 4. Agitur, agebatur. 5. Legunt, legent, legerunt. 6. Urbs in sex partes divi- detur. 7. Carmina scrlbentur. 8. Ab amico epistula missa est. 9. Navis in lltiis acta est. 10. In ripa Eho- dani vos exspectabamus. 11. Liber ab omnibus legetur. 12. Milia passuum duo cucurrimus. 13. In vico pueri visi sunt. 14. Panels diebus in urbem mittentur. 15. Totum diem in castrls content! eramus. II. 1. We shall be separated, we have been separated. 2. It will be driven, it was being driven. 3. We were standing, we had stood. 4. They will be led, they were being led. 5. We shall be kept, they were kept. 6. They had been separated by a wall. 7. We will wait for your coming. 8. The ship was driven from the shore by the storm. 9. The field will be divided into two parts. 10. The poem has been read by my sister. 11. The troops will be led into Gaul. 12. We shall stand on the bank of the river. 102 '''s^i'iiyA^ ,^11^33? BOJOK IN LATIN. 202. VOCABULARY. deduce, -ere, -duxi, -duetum, postulo, -are, -avi, -atum, de- (de + dnco, lead from,) lead mand. away, withdraw. hiberna, -orum, n., winter quar- discedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, labor, -oris, m., labor. [ters. withdraw. mulier, -eris, /., woman. maneo, -ere, inansi, mansum, regio, -onis, /., district, region. remain. salus, -utis,/., safety. peto, -ere, -ivi or -ii, -itum, matnrus, -a, -um, ripe. ask. matare, adv., early. 203. EXERCISES. I. 1. Puerl mulieresque ex muro pacem a Eomanis petierunt. 2. Apud Eomanos dies in duodecim horas, nox in quattuor vigilias divisa erat. 3. Caesar maturius quam tempus anni postulabat in hiberna exercitum deduxit. 4. Ante hiemem exercitus noster in hiberna deductus erit. 5. Paucos dies amicl mel in urbe manebunt. 6. Dies nobis ad laborem datur. 7. Pauci hostium f uga salutem sibi petierunt. 8. Legatus exercitum in aliam regionem deduxerat. 9. Vlginti diebus ante ^ f rumentum in meo agro non fuit maturum. 10. Bonus civis sua salute patriam cariorem habebit. 11. Copiae prima Kice a ripa Khodani discesserunt. 12. Gra\dssimum laborem propter liberos suos saepe sustinent mulieres. 13. Libe- ros obsides a Gallis postulavit Ariovistus. II. 1. Our city is divided into ten wards (regio). 2. Our affairs are dear to us, yours to you. 3. Your prosperity will always delight me. 4. A swift mes- senger had been sent by the shortest route to the winter quarters of Labienus. 5. Storms kept us in the village Before by twenty days ; twenty days ago. Ante is an adverb here. THIRD CONJUGATION. many days. 6. My son often asks me for money.^ 7. Did Germans use to live on the island of Britain? 8. I had already waited for you two hours. 9. We re- mained in port on account of the violence of the storm. 10. The ship was driven swiftly through the water. 11. You were friendly to us in adversity. 12. The young man had withdrawn from the army on account of a wound. 204. READING LESSON. [C^SAR, Gallic War, Book 1. 13-15.] Unam partem Helvetiorum Caesar iam superaverat. Copias suas celeriter trans (across) Ararim diixit contra {against) alias tres partes. Helvetii ad Caesarem lega- tos miserunt. Prmceps legatorum, Divico, cum Caesare egit {treated, i.e. talked): "Pacem petimus a te. Si (?/) pacem facies {will make), ibimus {imll go) in eam {that) partem atque ibi {there) erimus ubi {where) nos constitueris {settle, fut. perf. of cdnstUuo); sin {but if) bellum noblscum geres, te superabimus, et locus ubi {where) sumus ex calamitate {the misfortune) populi Ro- man! nomen habebit." Caesar respondit {replied): '' Si {if) obsides mihi dabitis et si AeduTs et Allobrogibus satisfacietis {gice satisfaction), pax erit." Divico re- spondit, '' Helvetii obsides iion dabunt," et discessit. Postero die Helvetii castra movent. Caesaris equites cum Helvetiis pugnant et superantur. Caesar suos a proelio continebat et hostes a populationibus {dei)astations) pro- hibebat. Dies quindecim iter fecerunt (perf. of facio). 1 For the case of the thing asked for, and the person from whom it is asked with petere, see 1. 1, above. 104 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER XXXVII. Demonstrative Pronouns. 205. PARADIGMS. SINGULAR. hie huius huic hiinc hoc hie, this. haee hoc huius huius huic huic hanc hoc hac hoc ille, that. lUe ilia Ulud illius illius illius illi illi illi ilium illam illud illo ilia iUo PLURAL. hi hae haec illi illae ilia horum haruni horum illorum illarum illorum his his his illis illis illis hos has haec illos illas ilia his his his illis illis illis 1. Hie refers to that which is near the speaker and is sometimes called the demonstrative of the first person : hic pner, this hoy. 2. Iste, that {of yours), is declined like ille. It is ap- plied to that which is near or has some connection with the person addressed, and so is called the demonstrative of the second person : iste puer, that hoy of yours. 3. Ille is applied to what is more remote, and so is called the demonstrative of the third pterson: ille puer, that hoy. 4. When hie and ille are contrasted, hic usually means the latter, and ille the former. Ille agreeing with a noun frequently means vjell-known. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 105 206. VOCABULARY. Aedui, -orum, m., the Aeduans. ille, ilia, illud, that. initiuin, -i, n., beginning. iste, Ista, istud, that (of yours). nemo, -inis, m., nobody. clarus, -a, -um, eminent. oratio, -onis, /., speech, oration. militaris, -e, military. signum, -i, n., standard, sign. dico, -ere, dixi, dictum, say. hie, haec, hoc, this. cuir, adv., why? K2O7. ^ EXERCISES. I. 1. Ego et amlci mei hoc vico delectamur. 2. Hic paucos dies in urbe manebit, ille in litus properabit. 3. Iste liber est pulcherrimus. 4. Yergilius et Cae- sar clari Eomani fuerunt ; ille poeta, hic peritus rei ^ militaris fuit. 5. Aquilae erant signa militaria legionum Romanarum. 6. Hannibal cum copiis suis ex ilia regi- one iam discesserat. 7. Nemo libentius te videt quam ego. 8. Initio orationis- multa de virtute cTvium nostro- rum Cicero dixit. 9. Agricola ante liicem initium laboris saepe facit. 10. Cur legatus maturius ^ in hiberna copias suas dediixit ? 11. Nemo omnium civium nostrorum cla- rior est illo viro. II. 1. These children asked their father for a new book. 2. This boy i& two years younger than that (one), 3. The winter quarters of our two legions were sepa- rated by a marsh. 4. We were waiting for you in the village all day. 5. Men used to live in villages for the sake of safety. 6. The Helvetians demanded the noblest of the ^duans as hostages. 7. The bank of the river was covered (filled) with large trees. 8. Why had the 1 — _ . 1 Peritus and many other adjectives take a genitive to complete their meaning. ^ See 127. 3. 106 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. forces of Labienus been led away to their Avinter quar- ters unusually^ early that year? 9. The grain in your fields will be ripe in a few days. 10. We saw the eagle of the tenth legion among the military standards. 11. Those boys of yours say many things about them- selves. 12. These women do not ask the enemy for peace. CHAPTER XXXVIII. Demonstrative Pronouns. — Continued. 208. PARADIGMS. Is, this, that. SINGULAR. PLURAL. JV. is ea id ei (il) eae ea G. eius eius eius eoruni earum e5rum i>.ei ei ei eis (iis) eis (iis) eis (iis) Ac. eum earn id eos eas ea Ah. eo ea eo eis (iis) eis (iis) eis (iis) idem, same. N. idem eadem idem J eidem (. (iidem) eaedem eadem G. eiusdemeiusdemeiusdem eorundem earundem eorundem D. eidem eidem eidem eisdem (iisdem) Ac. eundem eandem idem eosdem easdem eosdem Ah. eodem eadem eodem eisdem (iisdem) 1 Compare I. 10, above. DEMONSTKATIVE PRONOUNS. 107 ipse, self. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. ipse ipsa ipsum ipsi ipsae ipsa G. ipsius ipsius ipsius ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum D. ipsi ipsi ipsi ipsis ipsIs ipsis Ac. ipsum ipsain ipsum ipsos ipsas ipsa Ah. ipso ipsa ipso ipsIs ipsis ipsis 1. Is is sometimes used as the personal pronoun of the third person, and then means he, she, it. 2. Ipse, the intensive pronoun, is used to emphasize a noun or pronoun expressed or understood with which it agrees as an adjective. The reflexive pronoun se, self, is always used substantively. The following sentences will illustrate the use of the two. Miles se laudat, the soldier praises himself. Miles ipse laudatus est, the soldier himself was praised. Ipse manebo, I myself will remain. Mulier epistulam ipsam legit, the woman reads the letter itself, or, the very letter. 209. VOCABULARY. committo, -ere, -misi, -missum , (con and mitto), entrust; committere proelium, en- gage in battle. defendo, -ere, -fendi, -fensum, protect, defend. domus, -us,/., house, home. idem, eadem, Idem, same. ipse, ipsa, ipsum, self. is, ea, id, that, this. barbarus, -i, m., barbarian. die, adv., long, a long time. tarn, adv., so. 210. EXERCISES. I. 1. Host6s ad Caesarem legatos miserunt, pacemque ab eo petunt. 2. Centurio salutem suam exploratoribus 108 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Gallorum coinmisit. 3. Postero die castra ex eo loco mo- vent, idem Caesar facit. 4. Cilr Cicero ipse suas oratio- nes tam saepe laudavit ? 5. Titiim et fratrem ems obsides dux Helvetiorum postulaverat. 6. Nonne tii ipse et frater tuus in urbe mecum paucos dies manebitis ? 7. Caesar et Labienus in eundem locum properaverant et uno tempore proelium cum Belgis commiserunt. 8. Legatus ipse peri- tissimus rei mllitaris habitus est. 9. Eomani ab iniuria barbarorum patriam diu defenderunt. 10. Hi barbarl ab impetu hostium domos suas acriter defendent. 11. Mihi mea domus, tibi tua est cara. 12. Initium huius libri est facilius quam extrema pars. II. 1. The Belgians and the Helvetians did not live in the same part of Gaul. 2. That speech of yours was pleasing to many citizens. 3. The army will be led away from the winter quarters in a few days. 4. We saw that man in the city. 5. Cicero had great influence in those regions. 6. No one of this legion withdrew from the standards. 7. Why do you remain so long in this city ? 8. These boys will assist their father in his daily toil. 9. The general himself and many of his men (soldiers) were wounded. 10. We had expected the ambassador and his son a long time. 11. Many illustrious men have lived in this city. 12. Why do you say these things to me ? 211. READING LESSON. [C^SAR, Gallic War, I. 16, 17.] Caeearis copiae friimentum non habebant. AeduT id non dabant, nam {for) propter tempus anni frumenta in agris matura non erant. Aedui cottldie dicebant "frii- mentum dabimus," sed non dabant. Propter hoc iratus FOURTH CONJUGATION. 109 {being angry) Caesar prmcipes eorum convocavit et gravi- ter eos accusavit. Lisciis (a man^s name), princeps Aeduorum Caesari dixit : " Civium Aeduorum nonniilli (some) auctoritate plus valent quam ipsi principes. Hi mala oratione multitudinein deterrent (deter) ne (that not) frumentuni dent (give, subjunctive of do)} Hi dicunt: 'si (if) Romani Helvetios superaverint, Aeduls^ et omnibus Gallis^ libertatem eripient (will take away)} Ab eisdem vestra consilia (plans) hostibus entintiantur (are reported). Has res magno cum periculo (danger) tibi enuntio, et ob (on account of, for) earn causam diu tacui (kept silent)}^ CHAPTER XXXIX. Foiirtli Conjugation: Present Indicative Active. Relative Pronoun. 212. Learn the present indicative active of audio (p. 214). 2 113. PARADIGM. qui, who, which. SINGULAR, PLURAL. N. qui quae quod qui quae quae a. cOius cuius cuius quorum quarum quorum D. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus Ac. queni quam quod quos quas quae Ab. quo qua quo quibus quibus quibus 1 ne . . . dent, that they give not, i.e. from giviwf. 2 Dative, but translate /rom. 110 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 214. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Ego qui haec scrips! homo sum, 1 who wrote this am a man. 2. Urbs quam vides magna est, the city ivhich you see is large. 3. Pueri quos videtis disoipuli mei sunt, the boys ivhom you see are my pupils. Observe that the relative has the same gender, number, and person as the word (called the antecedent) to which it refers, but that its case is determined by its relation to the other words of the clause in which it stands. Qui in the first sentence, while it has no separate form to show its person, is nevertheless of the first person, and so the verb which agrees with it is in tlie first person. 215. Rule. — A relative agrees ivitJi its antecedent in gender, number, and person. 216. VOCABULARY. vox, vocis, /., voice. munio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, fortify. reliqiius, -a, -um, remaining, venio, -ire, veni, veiitum, rest of. come. audio, -ire, -ivi, -Itum, hear. qui, quae, quod, who, which. liiemo, -are, -avi, -atuiu, spend quaiu,«fZv.,as ; taiii . . . quaiu, the winter. so . . . as. 217. EXERCISES. I. 1. Non is bonus est qui se ipse laudat, sed is quern optimi homines laudant. 2. Dux, qui hiemaverat in Italia, prima aestate in Britanniam venit. 3. Locum ubi hiemabit exercitus noster munimus. 4. Libenter vocem mei amici Marci semper audio. 5. Helvetil eo tempore quo Caesar in Galliam venit ad flfimen Rhenum incolebant. FOURTH CONJUGATION. Ill 6. Nemo rei militaris peritior quam Hannibal fuit. 7. Do- mus amicoruin quibuscum^ hiemo multls picturTs ornatur. 8. Ea pars Galliae quam Belgae obtinent a finibus Gal- lorum ad Inferiorem partem fltiminis RhenI pertinet. 9. Qui a multls timetur, ipse multos timebit. 10. Nonne audis ea quae dico ? 11. Initium itineris non est tam difficile quam reliqua pars. II. 1. The same things are not easy for all men. 2. Many barbarians used to live in this region where we are. 3. I shall read with pleasure the orations which you gave me. 4. Those soldiers of yours always engage in battle bravely. 5. Cicero in the oration which I am reading, praises himself. 6. These barbarians are very skilful in the art of war. 7. The Roman legions used to defend their standards with the utmost valor. 8. The beginning of the book which I gave you is easy. 9. Dum- norix and his cavalry begin ^ the battle. 10. Shall you remain long in Greece? 11. The winter quarters which the legion is fortifying are in the territory of the Sequa- nians. 1 See 192. 4, at the end. 2 Mal:e a bef/iiinincf of. 112 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER XL. Fourth Conjug-ation : Imperfect, Future, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-Perfect Indicative Active. Interrogative Pronoun. 218. Learn the imperfect, future, perfect, pluperfect, aud future-perfect of the indicative active of audio. Compare the endings of each tense with the endings of the same tense of duco. In what tenses is there a difference ? In what does the difference consist ? 219. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Audit, audiebat, audiet. 2. Venit, venerat, venerit. 3. Audivi, audlveram, audivero. 4. Munit, mtiniet, munivit. 5. Barbaras in Italiam venit. 6. Vo- cemne audis ? 7. Legatus muro hiberna muniet. 8. Eadem audlverunt. 9. Quo die venietis ? 10. Quid dicis, dices, dixistl ? II. 1. You hear, you were hearing. 2. They will fortify, they have fortified. 3. We were coming, we had come. 4. He will protect, he has protected. 5. Whose voice do you hear? 6. The soldiers will fortify this place. 7. They will come to the city. 8. Whose speech did they hear ? 9. We will defend our home. 10. They are coming from the winter quarters. FOURTH co:n^jugation. 113 Interrogative Pronoun. 220. PARADIGM. quis, who 9 which ? what ? SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. quis quae quid qui quae quae G. cuius cuius cuius quorum quarum quorum D. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus Ac. quera quam quid quos quas quae Ab. quo qua quo quibus quibus quibus When the interrogative is used as an adjective, it usually has the same form as the relative. 221. VOCABULARY. genus, -eris, ?i., kind, sort. mercator, -oris, w., merchant. numerus, -i, m., number. senatus, -us, m., senate. quis, quae, quid, who, what. publicus, -a, -um, public. appello, -are, -avi, -atum, call. consido, -ere, -sedi, -sessum, take a position, encamp. dimitto, -ere, -misi, -missuin, (dis and mitto), send away, dismiss. 222. EXERCISES. I. 1. Mille elves vocem consulis audiebant. 2. Quid ex tuo fratre de adventu Germanorum audivisti? 3. In Graecia et in Italia urbes multae et nobiles sunt. 4. Cae- sar tertiae legionl saliitem suam commlsit. 5. Quibus ex regionibus el mercatores venerunt ? 6. Quae arborum genera in ptiblicis hortis vldisti ? 7. NuntiT a senatii in multas regiones dlmissT sunt. 8. Homines qui Belgae appellabantur, unam Galliae partem incolebant. 9. Cum tribus legionibus et magiio equitum numero proelium com- mlsit. 10. Ubi hostium copiae consederunt ? 11. Cas- 114 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. ticus, cuius pater amicus popull RomanI fuerat, regnuin in sua civitate occupabat. 12. Ego in Graecia reliquam hiemis partem manebo. II. 1. Who of you will read Cicero's orations ? 2. The same storm which kept us in port drove many ships upon the shore. 3. We will come into the city by the shortest route. 4. Marcus will be glad to hear the voice of his friend. 5. That little girl whose voice you hear is very unhappy. 6. In what district do they live ? 7. What towns have the enemy fortified ? 8. The Gauls were called barbarians by the Eomans. 9. The home of that merchant is on the bank of the Rhine. 10. The province had for a long time been protected by the tenth legion. 11. Caesar himself wrote a letter to Cicero. 223. READING LESSON. [Cjssar, Gallic War, I. 18.] Hanc orationem de Dumnorige, DivitiacI fratre, Liscus dixerat. Caesar celeriter concilium dimittit, Liscum re- tinet {retains). Quaerit {he asks) ex eo solo ea quae in concilio dixerat. Eadem ab aliis quaerit. Vera erant. Dumnorix ipse summa erat audacia (boldness), magna apud plebem (the common people) auctoritate, Romanis non amicus. Multos annos omnia Aeduorum vectTgalia redempta (bought up) habebat. Magnum numerum equi- tum semper circum (about, around) se habebat et apud alias civitates magnam auctoritatem habebat. Mater eius uxor erat hominis in Biturigibus (the Bituriges, a Gallic tribe) nobilissimi ; ipse ex Helvetiis uxorem habe- bat. Ob (on account of) eani rem Helvetiis amicus erat. FOURTH CONJUGATION. 115 In proelio equestrl {cavalry, adj.) quod panels diebus ante factum erat (Jiad been made, i.e. fought) initium fugae a Dumnorige et suis eqnitibus factum erat. Eorum fuga reliqui eqnites territl erant. CHAPTER XLI. Fourth Conjugation: Passive Voice. Indefinite Pronouns. 224. Learn the indicative passive of audio. Compare the endings of each tense with the endings of the same tense of duco, and observe the differences. 225. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Vox consulis in senatii audita est, audietur, audiebatur. 2. Cuius vox auditur, audita erat, audita erit ? 3. Qua ex urbe venis, veniebas, veneras ? 4. Ilhid oppidum munitur, mimietur, munltum est. 5. Ciceronis orationem audiemus, audivimus, audlveramus. 6. Voces multoruni auditae sunt, audiebantur, audientur. 7. Cur veniunt, veniebant, venerunt ? 8. Eadem in senatu dicta sunt. II. 1. In what city do we live, shall we live, have we lived ? 2. We have come to this city, shall come, were coming. 3. The winter quarters will be fortified, were being fortified, have been fortified. 4. What did you 116 A FIKST BOOK IN LATIN. hear, whom did you hear ? 5. What was heard, who was heard ? 6. What place is being fortified, has been fortified ? 7. In what place will the army spend the winter ? 8. The shouts of the children will be heard. 226. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. The following are the more important indefinite pro- nouns : — ' 1. Substantive aliquis, aliquae aliquid, (aliqua), somebody, some one, quis, quae quid, something. (qua), Adjective aliqui, aliqua (aliquae), aliquod, i qui, qua (quae), quod, J ' 2. quisquam, quidquatn (no plural), anyone. 3. quidam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam), «, a certain. 4. quisque, quaeqiie, quidque (quodque), each., every. 5. nllus, ulla, ullum, any. These pronouns, except iillus, are declined like the in- terrogative or the relative. Where there are two forms, the one like the interrogative is used as a noun, the one like the relative as an adjective, but this distinction is not always observed, except in the neuter. The neuter plural of aliqui is generally aliqua, of qui indefinite quae or qua. In the declension of quidam, m becomes n before d, as, quendam, quorundam. The indefinite quis and qui are used chiefly after si, nisi, ne, and num, and will be introduced later in connection with these particles. Quisquam is used chiefly in negative sentences, and in sentences (chiefly interrogative) implying a nega- tive. FOURTH CONJUGATION. 117 227. VOCABULARY. eaptivus, -i, w., captive. quisquam, . . . quidqiiam, colloquium, -i, n., conference. somebody, something. aliquis, -quae (-qua), -quid, deligo, -ere, -legi, -lectum somebody, something. (de and lego), pick from, se- quidam, quaedam, quoddain, lect. a certain. reperio, -ire, repperi, reper- quis, qua (quae), quid, some- turn, find out. body, something. neque, conj., and not. quisque, quaeque, quidque, neque . . . neque, neither every one. . . . nor. 228. EXERCISES. I. 1. Eadem de Dumnorige quisque apud me dixit. 2. QuTdam ex inllitibus decimae legionis nocte ad Cae- sarem venit. 3. Locum aliquem colloquio idoneum deli- geiit. 4. Primum quisque itineris locum petebat. 5. Ex captlvo quodam proximum iter in oppidum repertum est. 6. Cur quisquam illos barbaros timet ? 7. Quaque hieme amici quidam patris mei in urbem veniebant. 8. Qui vestrum rosas in hortls pi'iblicis viderunt ? 9. Vox ma- gistri a quoque nostrum audita est. 10. Locus quem dux delegit panels diebus munietur. 11. In provinciam misit equites, sed reliquum exercitum in hiberna dfixit. 12. Multa arborum genera sunt in ea silva. II. 1. Some friends of mine are spending the win- ter in Greece and Italy. 2. In the winter we live in a large and celebrated city. 3. He will encamp every night four miles from the enemy. 4. I saw certain boys in the city last night. 5. The number of inhabitants 6f this city is very large. 6. Caesar's daughter was called Julia. 7. He had not heard about the arrival of Ariovistus, nor 118 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. was anything found out from the captives. 8. The voice of my mother was heard at dawn. 9. Many merchants used to come into Gaul every summer. 10. We dis- missed every pupil before night on account of the weather. 11. Certain captives were led into the senate. 5>«rep- osition. III. Place whence by the ablative without a prep- osition. Domus, home, and riis, country, in expressions of place are used like names of cities. 124 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 241. VOCABULAKY. collis, -is, TO. (decL like ignis), coiivenio,-Ire, -veni,-ventum, bill. (con and venio) come to- Coriuthus, -i,/., Corinth. gether, assemble. Massilia, -ae, /., Massilia. educo, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, (e occido, -ere, -cidi, -cisuin, kill. and duco), lead out or away. pond, -ere, posui, posituni, iuipedio, -ire, -ivi, -ituin, (in- place, pitch (of a camp). and pes), hinder, impede. 242. EXERCISES. I. 1. Exploratores nuntiaveriint castra in colle ponl. 2. Nuntiat aliquis multos elves Atheiils ocelsos esse. 3. Dicit quidam nostras copias onines Corinthum conven- turas esse. 4. Dicebasne tuum fratrem Massilia venisse ? 5. Imperator solvit mulierem quamque mitti ex oppido. 6. Ex exploratoribus repperl Hannibalem ex castris exercitum siium ediixisse. 7. NCmtiatur Caesarem in rlpa Rhodani castra posuisse. 8. Senatus non putabat Caesarem Roniam venttirum esse. 9. Ex captivis reper- tura est unum e filiis Ariovisti occTsuni esse. 10. Lega- tus respondit iter impetu equitum hostiuni impeditum esse. II. 1. He said that neither the farmer nor his son had come home. 2. He had dwelt at Rome many years. 3. We thought that you would come to Rome with your mother. 4. It was easy to fortify the hill on which the camp had been pitched. 5. She said that she had writ- ten a letter to a friend in Athens. 6. Divitiacus asserted that he had always been a friend to the Romans. 7. We found out that the captives had been led away to a forti- fied place. 8. Ariovistus replied to the ambassadors that he would neither come to a conference nor withdraw from VERBS IN -io OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION. 125 Gaul. 9. The general selected from his troops a certain young man as guide. 10. We knew that you had lived a long time at Massilia. CHAPTER XLIV. Verbs in -io of the Third Conjugation. 24:3. Learn the indicative and infinitive moods, active and passive, of capio (p. 217). Of which conjugation is capio ? Why ? Compare each tense with the same tense of dtico and note the differences in formation, if there are any. Like capio, conjugate all the verbs in -io in 244. 244. VOCABULARY. medius, -a, -um, middle of. iacio, -ere, ieci, iactiim, throw. capio, -ere, cepi, captum, recipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum, take, capture. take back ; se reeipere, re- facio, -ere, feci, factum, make. treat. fiigio, -ere, fugi, fugitiiin, flee. interficio, -ere, -feci, -fectum, instruo, -ere, -struxl, -struc- slay. turn, draw up. statiin, adv., immediately. 245. EXERCISES ON FORMS. T. 1. Capiunt, capiminT, capiebamur. 2. lacis, iacies, iaciebas. 3. lacitur, iacietur, iaciebatur. 4. Fugiemus Corintho. 5. Fugiebamus ab urbe. 6. Fugiebant Massilia. 7. Parati erant iter facere. 8. In collem se recipient. 9. Multi de nostrls captT sunt. 10. Putat omnes interfectos esse. 126 A FIEST BOOK IN LATIN. II. 1. We are throwing, we shall throw. 2. We shall be taken, they have been taken. 3. We shall make a jonrney to Rome. 4. They were fleeing to the camp. 5. They throw stones from the wall. 6. Many were being slain at Rome. 7. He reports that the town has been taken. 8. The old men will remain at home. 9. They were marching from home. 10. Stones were thrown by the boys. 246. EXERCISES. I. 1. Milites magna oaede oppidnm ceperunt. 2. Hos- tes in omnes partes fugiebant. 3. Duae filiae fuerunt Ari- ovisto ; harmn altera occisa est, altera capta est. 4. Sta- tim nuntiat milites ad montem se recipere. 5. Nostrl plla iaciebant et in castra se recipiebant. 6. Caesar respondet Labienum copias e castrls educere et in medio ' colle aciem instructurum esse. 7. Poetae ^ erat in animo Roma iter facere Athenas. 8. Urbs capta est et multi incolae interfecti sunt. 9. Nuntiat castra apud Genavam posita esse. 10. Quot homines Massiliae occisi sunt? 11. Pater tuus, qui in urbe est, te domum missum esse non scit. II. 1. He knows that you were often in Corinth. 2. The scouts assembled at dawn, and immediately de- parted from the camp. 3. Do you think that the enemy will retire to a fortified place ? 4. They reported that a line of battle had been drawn \\j) on the middle of the hill. 5. He told the citizens that very many captives were taken in that battle. 6. The general asserted that he would at once take Corinth. 7. I was at home neither On the middle of, i.e. ludf-ipay up. 2 ggg 49. way li VERBS IN -io OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION. 127 last night nor the night before. 8. The boys, who threw the stones, have fled. 9. The troops will quickly retire to the nearest hill. 10. The messenger said that he had been hindered at the river. 247. READING LESSON. [C^SAR, Gallic War, Book I. 22-23.] Prima luce summus {highest, i.e. the top of) mons a Labieno tenebatur, Caesar ipse ab hostium castrls mllle et quTngentIs passibus aberat {was distant) . Tum {then) Considius ad Caesarem venit, dixit montem ab hostibus tenerl. Caesar suas copias in proximum collem duxit, aciem mstriixit. Labienus, qui montem occupaverat, nostros exspectabat suasque legiones a proelio continebat. Multo die^ Caesar! per exploratores nuntiatum est et montem a suls tenerl et Helvetios castra movisse et Consi- dium propter timorem {fear) falsa {false things) sibi nimtiavisse. Eo die Caesar cum copiis suis iter fecit et mllia passuum tria ab hostium castris castra posuit. Postero die Caesar ad oppidum Aeduorum maximum, Bibracte, quod mllia passuum duodeviginti aberat {was distant) iter facere constituit {determined), ubi copiam friimentl esse putavit. Helvetii Komanos territos {frightened) fugere putaverunt. Itaque {therefore) iter converterunt {they turned) et in novissimum nostrum agmen multos impetus faciebant. 1 niult5 die, at much day, i.e. lohen the day loasfar advanced. 128 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER XLV. Participles. 248. Learn all the participles, active and passive, of amo, habeo, duco, audio, and capio; also of sum. Note the stems and endings. Observe that there is no present passive nor perfect active participle. Participles ending in -ns are declined like potens. See p. 56. Those ending in -us are declined like bonus. See p. 18. 249. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Hostes pugnantes per urbem currebant, the enemy ran fighting through the city. 2. Multos in urbe occisos videbat, he smv many ivho had been slain in the city (literally, 7nany having been slain, or, many slain) . 3. Epiatulam scriptam ad amicum misit, he lurote a letter and sent it to his friend (literally, he sent a letter having been written, or, a written letter to his friend). 4. Eum domi manentem saepe videbam, / often saw him lohile he was remaining at home (literally, hi7n remaining at home) . 5. Miles graviter vulneratus fortiter pugnavit, although severely wounded, the soldier fought bravely (literally, the soldier, having been severely wounded, fought bravely). 6. Servus liberatus erit laetus, the slave, if liberated, will be glad (literally, the slave, having been liberated, will be glad). PARTICIPLES. 129 7. His rebus moti proelium committebant, because they were injiuenced by these considerations they joined battle (literally, moved by these considerations, they joined battle). Observe (1) that the participles in the above sentences agree with nouns or pronouns in gender, number, and case, like other adjectives ; (2) that the present pai'ticiple represents an action as going on, and the perfect participle action as completed, with reference to the time denoted by the leading verb ; (3) that most of the participles are equivalent to clauses in English. Before translation, ascertain the precise idea expressed by the participle. The use of the future active participle and the gerundive (sometimes called the future passive participle) is confined for the most part to special constructions, which will be considered in a subsequent chapter. 250. VOCABULARY. arma, -orum, w., arms. cogo, -ere, coegT, coactiiin, deditio, -onis, /., surrender. collect, compel. iiiopia, -ae, /., want. adduco, -ere, -duxi, -duetuni, iasiiiranduin, iurisiurandi, (ad and dupo), lead to, in- (iiis and iuranduin), oath. duce. teliim, -1, ?i., weapon, mis- ob (prep. toiY/iacc. ), on account sile. of. 251. EXERCISES. I. 1. Agricolam equos ad fiumen agentem vidimus. 2. Civitas ob earn rem incitata multittidinem hominum ex agris cogebat. 3. E loco superiore in nostros (milites) venientes tela iaciebant. 4. Helvetii omnium rerum inopia adducti legatos de deditione ad eum mlserunt. 5. Centurio fortissime pugnans interficiebatur. 6. Ab hostibus capti statim interliciemur. 7. Hac oratione 130 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. adducti inter se fidem et iusiurandum dant. 8. Legiones se armis defendentes-in collem se receperunt. 9. Oppidum natiira ac manii munitum expiignatum est. 10. Equites impedlti in fliimine occisi sunt. 11. Ariovistus iureiu- rando teneri non coactus est. 12. Consederat cum omni- bus copiis quae e multis civitatibus coactae erant. II. 1. The boy saw his sister writing a letter. 2. Cae- sar, as he was influenced by these considerations, pitched his camp on the middle of the hill. 3. The Belgae, although they fought bravely, were slain. 4. The men, if frightened, will soon flee. 5. Will you come to Corinth ? 6. Influ- enced by a lack of grain and other supplies, we shall surrender (make a surrender). 7. He has troops col- lected from many states. 8. Did you say that Labienus drew up a line of battle ? 9. The enemy threw their missiles and retired. 10. We saw your brother as he came home. 11. On account of these things the troops were led out of the camp. 12. They had many arms concealed in the town. CHAPTER XLVI. Deponent Verbs. 252. Deponent verbs are passive in form, but active in meaning. They are conjugated like the passive of other verbs, except that the future infinitive has the active form •(miraturus esse, not miratum iri), and they have the partici- ples of both voices. DEPONENT VERBS. 131 inirans, admiring. miratiis, having admired. iniraturus, about to admire. mirandus, to be admired. The perfect participle is usually active in meaning, but the gerundive is always passive. 253. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1 . Miles gladio utitur, the .soldier uses his sword. 2. Caesar urbe potltus est, Ccesar got possession of the city. Observe that gladio is used with utitur, and urhe with po- tltus est. A few other verbs are followed by the ablative. 254. Rule. — Tlie deponents utor, fruor, fungor, pott or, and vesGor and their comjyounds govern the ablative. 255. VOCABULARY. angustiae, -arum, /., narrow utor, uti, usus, use. pass, narrowness. fruor, frui, fructus, enjoy. impedimenta, -orum, w., bag- fungor, fungi, functus, per- gage. form. miror, -ari, -atus, admire, won- potior, potiri, potitus, get der at. possession of. sequor, sequi, secutus, follow. vescor, vesci, eat. vereor, vereri, veritus, fear. 256. EXERCISES. I. 1. Non hostem sed angustias itineris at magnitu- dinem silvarum veremur. 2. Bonis librls semper frui- mur. 3. Nostrl impedlmentis castrisque potitl sunt. 4. Mercator corporum magnitudinem Gallorum mirabatiir. 5. Caesar hostes fugientes secutus multos interfecit. 6. Ob earn rem milites gladiis facilius utebantur. 7. Dicunt ducem hostes magna celeritate secutum esse. 8. Barbari 132 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. tota urbe potiti erant. 9. In provincia multis rebus fru- ebamur. 10. Dux magnam multitiidinem peditum ex agrls coegit. 11. EquI frtimento vescuntur. 12. Marcus labore fungitur. II. 1. The Helvetians and Sequanians give an oath to each other.^ 2. The general drew up a Hue of battle before the camp. 3. Many of the inhabitants were killed as they were retiring into the town. 4. Did you see the boy who threw the stone? 5. The commander divided among his soldiers the arms which were captured. 6. The enemy threw their missiles and fled into the woods. 7. Whose book did you use ? 8. The general, after having followed the Helvetians many days, took possession of their camp. 9. No one enjoys extreme want. 10. The soldier said at once that he did not fear the enemy. 11. Eagles eat small anim'als. 12. The sol- diers finished (performed) their toil and withdrew. 257. READING LESSON. [C^SAR, Gallic War, Book I. 24-26.] Postquam {after) id nuntiatum est, copias suas Caesar inproximum collem duxit equitesque contra hostes misit. Ipse in colle medio aciem instruxit legionum quattuor et in summo {the top of) colle duas legiones et omnia auxi- lia {auxiliaries) posuit, ac totum montem hominibus complevit. Helvetii, qui cum omnibus suls carris seciiti erant, impedimenta in tinum locum contulerunt {brought together) 5 ipsi nostros equites superaverunt et ad primam nostram aciem venerunt. Caesar celeriter proelium com- misit. Mllites e loco superiore pila miserunt quibus iCf. 251.1.7. INFINITIVE NOT IN INDIKECT DISCOURSE. 133 facile hostium aciem perfregeriint {broke through). Turn (then) gladiis in eos impetum feceruiit. Galll diCi for- titer pugnaverunt; tandem (at length) in montem qui suberat (ivas near) se receperuut. In itinere et ad nion- tem diu et acriter pugnatuni est. Tandem impedimentis castrlsque Helvetiorum nostri potitl sunt. Ibi (there) Orgetorlgis filia atque tinus e filils captus est. Helveti- orum circiter centum et triginta ex eo proelio fugerunt, et quarto die in fines Lingonum (of the Lingones) venerunt. CHAPTER XLVII. Possum: Infinitive not in Indirect Discourse. 258. Learn the indicative and the infinitive moods of possum (p. 222). 269. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. LaudSrl est gratum, to be praised is pleasant; or, it is pleasant to be praised. 2. Videri non est semper esse, seeming (to seem) is not always being (to he). Observe that lauddri (in 1) and videri (in 2) are subjects, and that esse (in 2) is a predicate. This use of the infinitive is common to both English and Latin, but more common in Latin. 260. Rule. — An infinitive ivith or without a subject- accusative may be used as the subject of a sentence or as a predicate noun. ' ^ OF THB f CTNIVERSITY 134 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 261. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Pugnare non potest, lie cannot fight. 2. Pugnare non poterat, he could not fight. 3. Pugnare parabant, they ivere preparing to fight. Observe that the infinitive pugnare is used with potest, poteratj and jjardbant not as subject, but to complete the thought. This use of the infinitive also is common to English and Latin. Such an infinitive is called a complementary infinitive. 262. Rule. — The infinitive is used ivith certain verbs to complete their meaning. liemember that can and could should usually be expressed by some form of possum. 263. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Nihil videre potest. 2. Velociter currere potes. 3. Iiivare me non poterat. 4. Stare non potuit. 5. Soli multa reperire potueramus. 6. Impedimenta capere potu- erunt. 7. Paratus est domum venire. 8. Properabam te vocare. 9. Coacti sunt se recipere. II. 1. I am able to conceal nothing. 2. He could not use his foot. 3. We shall not be able to come. 4. He hurried to assist us. 5. I am ready to follow you. 6. We could not read. 7. He will not be able to run. 8. They could not retreat. 264. VOCABULARY. amicitia, -ae, /., friendship. iubeo, -ere, inssi, iussuni, periculuin, -i, u., danger. command. praesidium, -i, n., guard, pro- polliceor, -eri, pollicitus, tection, escort, promise. socius, -i, ??i,, ally. possum, posse, potui, be able. cado, -ere, cecidi, casum, fall. sine (pj-ei). with abl.), without. INFINITIVP: NOT IN INDIRECT DISCOURSE. 135 265. EXERCISES. I. 1. Caesar oppido potirl non potuit. 2. Milites armis iiti non potuerunt. 3. Sociis praesidium poUiceri non potuerat. 4. In coUe equites equis titl non potuerunt. 5. Panel de nostris liostes secuti proelio ceciderunt. 6. Nonne scitis me inter vos omnia tela dlvisisse ? 7. Sine periculo per angustias iter facere non possu- mns. 8. Eam ob rem voblscum de deditione agere non poterimus. 9. Vidistlne Ciceronis de amlcitia librum ? 10. Rem piiblicam ^ in milgno periculo esse consul putat. 11. Caesar principes obsides ad se adducere iiissit. 12. Militnm labore centuriones functi sunt. 13. Inopia adducti homines equTs vescuntur. II. 1. He says that he is not afraid of you. 2. We could see tlie baggage of the enemy. 3. The state could not be bound by an oath. 4. Influenced by want, we hurry into the territory of our allies. 5. The consul promised^ to protect his allies from wrongs. 6. The gen- eral could not come to Rome without a guard. 7. The commander-in-chief ordered a band of men to be collected from the country districts (agrl). 8. You enjoy the friendship of all good citizens. 9. We made an attack upon the camp, and many brave men fell. 10. The bar- barians were astonished at the size of our ships. 1 Res publica, public thinf/, state. 2 Polliceor is usually followed by future infinitive, i.e., the indirect discourse, but sometimes by the complementary infinitive. 136 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. CHAPTER XLVIII. Gompounds of Sum. Dative with Gompounds. 266. Learn the indicative and infinitive moods of prosum (p. 223). The peculiarities of compounds of sum, except possum and prosum, will be readily learned from the vocabulary. 267. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. In periculis amicis aderat, lie aided Ms friends in dangers. 2. Dumnorix equitibus praefuit, Dumnorix commanded the cavalry. 3. Liber5s amicIs committebant, they were entrusting their children to their friends. Notice that the verbs of the above sentences are compounded with ad, prae, and con, and that they govern the dative case. 268. Rule. — Many verbs compounded icith ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super govern the dative as indirect object. The dative is used with all compounds of sum except possum and ahsum. 269. VOCABULARY. auxilium, -i, n., help, assistance. adsum, -esse, -fui, (ad and Brutus, -i, m., Brutus. sum), be present, assist. verus, -a, -um, true. accido, -ere, -cidT, (ad and absuni, -esse, afui, (ab and cado), fall upon, happen. sum), be absent, away, dis- desum, -esse, -fui, (de and tant. sum), be away, fail. COMPOUNDS OF 8Um. 137 praesum, -esse, -f ui, (prae ancZ prosum, prodesse, profuT, sum), be over, at the head. (pro(d) and sum), be prof- of, command. itable, help. praepoiio, -ere, -posui, -posl- supersum, -esse, -fui, (super turn, (prae and pono), and sum), be over, survive. place over, place in command circiter, adv.^ about. ol 270. EXERCISES. I. 1. Caesar hibernis quae fecerat legatum praeposuit. 2. Titus amlcls in periculis non deerat. 3. Briltus navi- bus longis praefuerat. 4. Ex eo proelio circiter hominuni milia centum et quadr^ginta superfuerunt. 5. Copia librorum . discipulis non semper prodest. 6. I^eciinia vobis adesse possum us. 7. Socii rei ptiblicae auxilium pollicebantur. 8. Vera amicitia omnibus prodest. 9. Nau- tae aliqui de navibus in aquam cadebant. 10. Sine auxi- lio castris impedimentisque potlrl non poterimus. 11. Peius mihi quam tibi accidit. 12. Domus mea ab urbe rallia passuum decem abest. 13. Equites defessi exploratorum labore functi f rumento vescebantur. II. 1. The best protection of the republic is the valor of its citizens. 2. The citizens were not able to use the help which had been sent to them. 3. The cavalry fol- lowed the enemy many miles. 4. He says that he is not afraid of dangers. 5. I am astonished atthe skill of these young men. 6. You could have been present at the con- ference. 7. Do you think that Brutus will command the army ? 8. We enjoy the books which we are reading. 9. The camp of Brutus was about five miles distant from the narrow pass. 10. How many of the allies survived (from) this battle ? 11. My father commanded us always to speak the truth (true things). 138 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 271. HEADING LESSON. [CiESAR, Gallic War, Book I. 27-29.] Helvetii onmiuin rerum inopia adducti legates de de- ditione ad Caesarem miserunt, qui in itinere eum convene- rimt et pacem petlverunt. Itissit eos in eo loco quo turn {then) essent {were, subjunctive of sum) suum adven- tum exspectare. Quod iusserat fecerunt. Postquam {after) ad eum locum Caesar venerat circiter hominum milia sex nocte e castris Helvetiorum fugerunt atque ad Rlienum fmesque Germauorum coiitenderunt {hastened). Hos ab els quorum per fines iter f ecerant reductos {hrougld hack, perfect passive participle of r edited) Caesar in liostium numero habuit ; ^ reliquos in deditionem recepit. Helvetios, Tulingos, Latobrlgos in fines suos iinde {whence) venerant reverti {to return) iussit. Hoc bello Helvetiorum et sociorum circiter mllia ducenta quinquaginta octo occlsl sunt. CHAPTER XLIX. Dative with Intransitive Verbs. 272. 1. Dumnorix Helvetiis favet, Dumnorix favors the Helvetians. 2. Puer patri paret, the hoy obeys his father. 3. Miles gladio sibi nocuit, the soldier hurt {injured) himself icith his sword. Observe that these verbs govern the dative in Latin, though their English equivalents are transitive. 1 In hostium numero habuit, held in the number of his enemies, i.Q.put to death. DATIVE WITH INTRANSITIVE VERBS. 139 273. Rule. — Most verbs meaning to favor, please, trust, believe, help, and their opposites, also to command, obey, serve J resist, persuade, and the like, govern the dative. These verbs can be used in the passive only impersonally, i.e. corresponding to an English verb with the indefinite it as a sub- ject; as, nocetur, it hurts (injures), i.e. harm (injury) is done; patrl pdretur, obedience is rendered to the father. Observe that with the impersonal passive of verbs governing the dative, the dative used with the active is retained unchanged. Delecto, iuvo, and iubed, (already familiar to the pupil) and a few other verbs of this class govern the accusative. 274. VOCABULARY. equitatus, -fis, m., cavalry. faveo, -ere, favi, fautum, lex, legis, /., law. favor. alienus, -a, -um, (alius), be- noceo, -ere, -ui, nocitum, longing to another, unfavor- harm, injure, able. paroo, -ere, peperci, spare. credo, credere, credidi, ere- pareo, -ere, -ui, obey. ditum, (cf. Eng. credit), louge, adv., far. trust. 276. EXERCISES. I. 1. Boni cTves legibus civitatis parent. 2. Ea ora- tione sibi ac rei ptiblicae nocuit. 3. Scimus mala omnibus accidere. 4. Ille puer vera non semper dicit neque ei credere possum. 5. Cicero provinciam. omnem Caesari favere reppererat. 6. Equitatus Helvetiorum in alieno loco proelium committunt, et tertia eorum pars occisa est. 7. lubet servum solis occasu equum ad se adducere. 8. Equitatum sine magno periculo sequi poterimus. 9. Labienus provinciae praepositus domo in Galliam properavit. 10. Caesar mulieribus ac llberis pepercit 140 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. sed viros interfecit. 11. Captivis nihil ^ nocebitur. 12. Propter auxili adventum equitatus nos uon loiige secutiis est. II. 1. I was not able to be present at the conference. 2. Brutus was distant from the city about twenty miles. 3. Large armies are not profitable to republics. 4. A few who had survived from the battle fell in the flight. 5. We were not far distant from the largest town of our allies. 6. Soldiers promise to obey their generals. 7. The ambassador did not trust the escort {praesidiiim) which had been sent. 8. The consul favors severe laws. 9. He will spare Dumnorix on account of the friendship of his brother. 10. He was able to assist his younger brothers. 11. Who is at the head of this army ? CHAPTER L. Fero and Compounds of Fero. 276. Learn the indicative, infinitives, and participles of both voices of fero (p. 226). Observe that in the forms referred to, the irregularities are confiiied to the present tense. What are the irregularities ? The changes which take place in the final consonant of the preposition in the compounds will be learned from the principal parts. 1 Used adverbially, in nothing. fero AND COMPOUNDS OF fero. 141 277. VOCABULARY. consilium, -i, ?i., advice, coun- coufero, -ferre, contuli, colla- sel, plan. turn, (con and fero), bring lingua, -ae, /., tongue, Ian- togetlier, collect. guage. effero, -ferre, extuli, elatum, inensis, -is, ?n., month. (ex and fero), bring or natio, -onis, /., nation. carry out, produce. eo, adv.^ to that place, thither. infero, -ferre, intuli, illatuin, fero, ferre, tuli, latum, carry, . (in and fero), bear against ; bring. bellum inferre, begin war. 278. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Fert, ferimt. 2. Fertur, feruiitur. 3. Effers, effertis. 4. Tuliinus, tulit. 5. Effert, infert. 6. Con- ferimus, efferunt. 7. Conferebat, conferebantur. 8. Latus est, elati sunt. 9. CollatI sunt, illatura emt. 10. Auxil- • ium ferre potest. 11. Dicit se auxilium laturum esse. II. 1. We shall carry, he was carried. 2. They col- lect, they were being collected. 3. You (sing.) carry, you (plur.) are carried. 4. It was carried out, they were carried in. 5. They had collected arms. 6. We said that he would begin war. 279. EXERCISES. I. 1. Gives Roman! nomen regis ferre nAi potuerunt. 2. Omnes Galliae nationes lingua et legibus sunt dissimi- les. 3. Multi sunt in nostra urbe qui in bello arma tule- runt. 4. In silvas paltidesque incolae fugiunt suaque omnia eo conferunt. 5. Frumentum trium mensium domo quemque efferre iubet. 6. Bona consilia senum iuvenibus saepe profuerunt et semper proderunt. 7. Neque Aeduis 142 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. neque sociis eorum bellum inferam. 8. Mihi hic vir non nocuit^ sed ei credere non possum. 9. Circiter niTlle ho- mines qui in loco alieno coacti erant pugnare interfecti sunt. 10. Pater putat malum filio accidisse. II. 1. Tliey were daily carrying grain from the fields into the camp. 2. Brutus did not spare his own son. 3. My brother is away, but he will be here in a short time. 4. Only, ten days of this month remain. 5. Who was in command of the Roman legions in Gaul ? 6. Good cavalry was not lacking in our war. 7. It is not easy to obey all men. 8. My mother favors her youngest son. 9. True friends render assistance in danger and adversity. 10. You see by far the most beautiful part of Gaul. 11. Brutus will be appointed to the command of the cavalry. 280. READING LESSON. [C^SAB, Gallic War, Book I. 30-31] Post {after) bellum Helvetiorum totlus fere Galliae legatT, principes civitatum ad Caesarem convenerunt. Petierunt ut {that) sibi concilium totlus Galliae in diem certam indicere .{to appoint) liceret {it might he pe?*- mitted, with dative). Dixerunt sese habere quasdam rSs quas ab eo petere vellent {unshed). Hoc Caesar per- misit {permitted), Principes diem concilio constituerunt. Post concilium pro his Divitiacus apud Caesarem dixit : Galliae totlus f actiones ( parties) esse duas ; harum alte- rius duces esse Aeduos, alterius Sequanos. Hos de po- testate multos iam annos bellum gessisse. A Sequanis Germanos in Galliam traductos {led across) esse et Se- quanorum hostes multls proeliis superavisse; Sequanos IRREGULAR VERBS volo, nolo, AND mdlo. 143 ipsos Germanls parere coactos esse. Diicem Germanorum, Ariovistum, barbarum atque crudelem {cruel) esse. Caesarem exercitu suo earn prohibere posse ne ^ maiorem multitiidinein in Galliam ducat, Galliamque omiiem ab eius iniuria defendere posse. CHAPTER LI. Irregular Verbs Volo, Nolo, and Malo. 281. Learn the indicative, infinitive, and participles of volo, nolo, and malo (p. 224). (Observe that the irregu- larity of ending is confined to the present tense.) 282. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Leg! parere vult. 2. Scrlbere volumus. 3. La- borare non vult. 4. Legere mavult. 5. Scire volui. 6. Ptignare nolunt. 7. lubere volebat. 8. Fugere no- luit. 9. Dixit se nolle diicere. 10. Dicunt se malle sequl. '' II. 1. You (sing.) wish to move. 2. He is not willing to lead. 3. We prefer to remain. 4. He desired to be well. 5. They were not willing to follow. 6. He wishes to be present. 7. They will be unwilling to follow. 8. He says that he prefers to run. 9. What does he wish to say ? 10. They wish to command. 1 ne . . . dacat, /rom leading ; or, that he should not lead. 144 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 283. VOCABULARY. profectio, -ouis, /., departure. nolo, nolle, nolui, (ne and iiistus, -a, -um, just. volo), be unwilling. Conor, -ari, -atus, try, endeavor. malo, inalle, malui, (inagis iucido, -ere, -cidi, (in and and volo), wish more, prefer. cado), fall into, fall in with. post, (prep, loith ace), after. volo, velle, volui, be willing, wish. 284. EXERCISES. I. 1. Mons quern Caesar a Labieno occupari voluit ab hostibus tenetur. 2. Per provinciam nostram sine iniu- ria iter facere volunt. 3. Post profectionem equitattis captivi ciistodibus nocere conati sunt. 4. Non vult alii iniuriam inferre. 5. Senex filio qui inciderat in res adversas auxilium tulit. 6. Malumus aestate litus incolere quain in urbe manere. 7. Yiri multarum natio- num Romam se suaque contulerant. 8. Puella ex urbe multa domum efferre vult. 9. Natilra cogimur ad quietem magna noctis parte uti. 10. Captlvi ciistodibus nocere conatT impedimenta portare coacti sunt. II. 1. Some men are not willing to obey the laws of the state. 2. The young man prefers to use his own lan- guage (rather) than that of another. 3. The boy is not willing to take the advice of older men. 4. The just judge did not favor the citizens of his own city. 5. Our country produces food for other nations. 6. The general was not willing to encamp in an unfavorable place. 7. Other nations use much food which our country pro- duces. 8. Caesar spared his enemies, and they {qui) slew him. 9. We desire to trust those among whom we dwell. 10. The lieutenants will select a place for a camp and carry thither an abundance of everything. ' n y OF THE UNIVERSIT IRREGULAR VERBS eo AND fid. X^^J^T^r CHAPTER LTI. Irregular Verbs E6 and Fio. Two Datives. 285. Learn the indicative, the infinitives, and the par- ticiples of eo and fio (p. 227) . Notice that ^, the stem of eo is changed to e in the first person singular and the third person plnral of the present indicative, and in the present participle except in the nominative singular. Fio is used as the passive of facio. 286. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Ad colloquium it. 2. In urbem ibunt. 3. Ini- tium fugae fit. 4. In vicum lit. 5. Clarus fles. 6. Proe- lium factum! erat. 7. Magnus fieri voluit. 8. Nolui Ire. 9. lerant, ierint in Insulam. 10. Non fit poeta. II. 1. We are going to the village. 2. We shall go, he has gone. 3. It happened to be summer. 4. He pre- ferred to go. 5. He has become a man. 6. I desire to become a merchant. 7. They will go in the night. 8. He says that his father has gone. 9. He says that he is about to go. 10. He will become famous. 287. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Aedui Caesari auxilio erant, the Aeduans were (for) a support to Ccemr. 2. Equites auxilio Bruto missi sunt, the cavalry were sent as a support to Brutus. 146 A FIRST BOOK IN LATO5^. Observe that in each sentence one of the datives may be trans- lated by for, and the other by to. The one translated by for is called the dative oi purpose. The dative of purpose is frequently better rendered as a predicate noun (sometimes with as) than hy for. 288. Rule. — Two datives, of the object to ivhicJi and of the end for which, are used ivith sum and a few other verbs. 289. VOCABULARY. dolor, -oris, m., grief, pain, redeo, -ire, -ii, -ituin, (red and parens, -eiitis,?H.and/., parent. eo), go back, return, trans, (prep, to i'^/i ace), across, fio, fieri, factus, (pass, of debeo, -ere, -ui, -itam, ought, facio), be made, become. owe. nascor, nasei, natus, be born. eo, ire, ivi (li), itiim, go. praefero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, exeo, -ire, -ii, -ituni, (ex and (prae aiid fero), carry be- eo), go out or away. fore, prefer. 290. EXERCISES. ^ I 1. Alius agricola fieri vult, alius mercator. 2. Om- nes humanitatem voluptati praeferre debemus. 3. Agri- cola auxilio filiis domum liominem misit. 4. Conabimur ante profectionem tuam domum redire. 5. Parentes nostri ex urbe exierunt ; multo die redibunt. 6. Multi iuvenes domo exire quam cura parentibus manere malunt. 7. Omnia nostra conferemus et in provinciam ibimus. 8. Senex nationum multarum Unguis tititur. 9. Parentes mei ex Graecia multa efferebant. 10. Natus quadraginta annos Caesar consul factus est. 11. Ubi fuisti de secunda vigilia proximae noctis ? 12. Cur afuisti domo ? 13. Na- tiones quae trans Rhenum incolebant Gallica lingua non utebantur. IRREGULAR VERBS eo AND fid. 147 II. 1. I shall try to find out his plan. 2. I have always wished to go to Rome. 3. The departure of our parents was (for) a great grief to us. 4. Every one ^ ought to prefer to become good (rather) than famous. 5. He was unwilling to wage war upon his fellow- citizens. 6. In the wars of Rome many citizens were slain. 7. The merchant desired to be away two months. 8. He is a just man and ought to be made a judge. 9. The cavalry of all Gaul came together in one place after Caesar's departure. 10. We fell in with your parents in Rome twenty days ago. 291. READING LESSON. [C^.sAR, Gallic War, I. 33-40.] Caesar Gallorum animos confirmavit, pollicitusque est sibi eam rem curae (dat. of cura, care) futuram esse ; credere^ sese auctoritate sua adductum Ariovistum finem iniiiriis facttirum esse. Turn {then) concilium dimlsit. LegatI a Caesare missi ab Ariovisto postulaverunt ut {that) in colloquium veniret {would come). His Ario- vistus respondit se venttirum non esse. Caesar iterum legates misit qui dicebant se Aeduos aliosque populi Roman! amicos defensurum esse. Eodem tempore ad Caesarem legati ab Aeduis et Treveris veniebant qui dicebant multos Germanos in Galliam venisse et in fini- bus suls consedisse. His rebus adductus Caesar bellum quam celerrime cum Ariovisto gerere constituit, et Veson- tionem, quod est oppidum maximum Sequanorum, Ire 1 The Romans often used omnes where we say every one. 2 Sometimes the indirect discourse depends upon a verb merely implying the idea of saying (here pollicitus est). In English, insert saying or and said. 148 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. properavit. Mllites, vocibus territi Gallorum ac merca- torum qui ingentl magnitiidine corporum Germanos, in- credibili virttite atque exercitatione {practice) in armis esse dlcebant, longius (comparative of longe) Ire iiole- bant. Eorum animos Caesar longa oratione conflrmavit. CHAPTER LIII. Derivation and Composition of Words. 292. Latin words, like English words, are sometimes simple, that is, made of one part; and sometimes com- pound, that is, made of two or more parts, each of which has a distinct meaning. Examples of compound words have already been given, some of which are repeated in the following lists for comparison and further study. sum, / am. ab-sum, / am away (from), I am absent. ad-sum, / am at or near (the person or thing in question), / am present. de-sum, I am away from, I am wanting or lacking, I fail. prae-sum, / am before, am in front of, am present, am at the head of (as a leader is in front of the army), I command. pro-sum, 1 am for (a person or thing), / help, am advantageous. super-sum, / am over, I am left over, I survive. pos-sum, (from pot [is], able, and sum) I am able, lean. fero, / bear, carry, bring. con-fero, I carry or bring together (then, because when two or more things are brought together one cannot help seeing their points of resemblance or difference, 1 compare). DERIVATION AND COMPOSITION OF WORDS. 149 dif-fero, I hear or carry apart, I put off, also I differ. ef-fero, (for ec [i.e. ex] -fero), I hear or carry out. in-fero, I hear or hring in or against. prae-fero, I hear or carry or put hefore, I prefer. eo, / go. ex-eo, I go out. red-eo, / go hack, I return. capio, / take. re-cipio, / take back, recover. teneo, / hold. con-tineo, / hold together, contain, bound (in geographical sense). per-tineo, / hold or stretch through, extend, pertain to. sus-tineo, (for sub-teneo), / hold up from underneath, sustain. ob-tineo, I hold {against opposition) , I maintain. The prefixes in the compounds given above are of very great use in Latin v/ord-making. Learn their meanings. Notice that when the stem of a verb compounded with one of these prefixes contains a short a or e, that vowel is changed to short i (e.g. capio, re-cipio, teneo, con-tineo). Notice also that the final consonant of the prefix is some- times changed to suit the initial consonant of the word with which it is used (e.g. ef-fero for ec-fero, dif-fero for dis-fero, sus-tineo for sub-tineo). Note. —There are other ways of making compounds, as ius-iuran- dum, oath, from ius, right, laio, and iurandum, the gerundive of the verb iuro, to swear. The composition of such words is explained, as they occur, in the special vocabularies from this point to the end of the book. 293. In the compound words given above, each part retains the meaning it has as a separate word. So, for instance, eo is a verb, go, and ex-eo is also a verb, go out. But words are made from other words by derivation, as well as by composition. Notice amo, love, Si.miG\is,. friendly 150 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. ov friend, dimlQiiidb, friendship. Here amo is a verb, amicus an adjective (used also as a noun), and amicitia a noun. Yet all evidently belong together in meaning, and all contain the root am-. 294. Examine the following : — impero (stem impera-) , / com- imperator (-oris, m.) , comma n- mand. der, general, xinco (stem vie-), I conquer. victor (-oris, m.), conqueror. victor. 295. Rule. — TJie ending -tor added to verb stems forms 7nasGuline nouns denoting the agent or doer of an action. Note. — The verb stem is most easily found by removing the ending of the supine. If the supine of the verb ends in -sum, the ending of the noun is -sor instead of tor; as, defendo (supine defensum), defend, defensor, defender. 296. Examine the following : — de-do (supine deditum), I sur- dedi-tio (-onis, /.), surrender. render. inunio (supine inanltum), / mnnl-tio (-onis, /.), fortifica- fortify. tion. ad- venio (supine adveatmn) , / adventus (-as, ?n.), arrival. come to, arrive. 297. Rule. — Tlie endings -tio and -tus, added to verb stems, form abstract nouns expressing action. Note. — The endings -id (-onis, f.) and -tura (-ae, f .) are used in the same way. If the supine of the verb ends in -sum, the endings are -sio, -sus, and -sura; as, utor (deponent, p.p. usus), I use, usus (-us, m.), use. DERIVATION AND COMPOSITION OF WORDS. 151 298. Examine the following : — miles (stem milit-), soldier. milit-ia (-ae, /.), military service. amicus (stem amico-), /rie?id. amici-tia (-ae, /.), friendship. celer (stem celeri-), quick. celeri-tas (-tatis,/.), quickness. vir (stem viro-), man. vir-tus (-tatis, /.), manliness, virtue, courage. magnus (stem magno), (/rea^. magni-tudo (-tudinls, /.), greatness, size. 299. Rule. — The endirigs -ia, -iia, -fas, -ius, -tudo, added to adjective and noun stems, form feminine abstract nouns expressing quality. Note. — A final o of the stem is regularly changed to i before these endings (as amico-, amicitia) . In virtus, formed from the stem viro-, the o is dropped. Occasionally the stem is slightly changed in some other way, as in facultas, ability, from stem facili- of facilis, easy. 300. Adjectives are formed in Latin as in English from nouns (nominal adjectives) and from verbs (verbal adjectives). So few derived adjectives are used in this book that only a few endings can be given here. The endings -anus, -enus, -inus, added to noun stems minus their final vowel, form adjectives with the sense of belonging to; as, Roma, Rome, Eomanus, Roman; alius, another, alienus, belonging to another or to others, foreign. The endings -His and -bilis added to verb stems form adjectives denoting passive qualities ; as, facio, do, faci- lis, doable., easy ; credo, believe, cred-i-bilis, to be believed, credible. 301. Verbs are sometimes derived from noun or adjective stems ; as, libero, set free, from the stem of liber, free ; — sometimes from verb stems. Most verbs 152 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. of the first conjugation are formed from noun or adjec- tive stems in a or o (first or second declension), and many verbs of the fourth conjugation are formed from noun or adjective stems in i (third declension). Some verbs of the second and third conjugations, also, are formed from noun and adjective stems. CHAPTER LIV. Subjunctive Mood. Sequence of Tenses; Indirect Question. 302. Learn the subjunctive mood of sum (p. 221). What must be added to the present infinitive to form the imperfect subjunctive ? How does the perfect sub- junctive differ from the future perfect indicative ? What must be added to the perfect infinitive to form the plu- perfect subjunctive ? 303. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1 . Reperio ubi sis, ubi f ueris, / am finding out where you are, loliere you have been (or were). 2. Reperiam ubi sis, ubi fueris, I shall Jind out where you are, ichere you have been (or ivere). 3. Repperero ubi sis, ubi fueris, / shall have found out where you are, ivhere you have been (or loere). 4. Reperiebam ubi esses, ubi fuisses, / was finding out where you were, where you had been. r r , ^. V' SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 153 5. Repperi ubi essSs, ubi fuisses, I found out where you were, where you had been. G. Reppereram ubi esses, ubi fuisses, 1 had found out where you were, where you had been. The tenses of the principal clauses of the first three examples — the present, the future, and the future perfect — are called primary or principal tenses. The tenses of the principal clauses of the last three examples — the imperfect, the perfect and the pluperfect — are called secondary or historical tenses. In the subjunctive, the present and perfect are primary ; the imperfect and pluperfect, secondary. To which class of tenses, primary or secondary, do the verbs of the subordinate clauses of the first four examples belong? To which class do the verbs of the subordinate clauses of the last three examples belong ? 304. EuLE. — Primary tenses of the indicative are fol- lowed by primary tenses of the subjunctive, and secondary tenses by secondary tenses. 305. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. DIRECT QUESTIONS. INDIRECT QUESTIONS. 1. Quis est tuus comes? 1. Scio quis sit tuus comes,/ Who is your com- know who your companion panion ? is. 2. Ubi eras? Where were 2. Audivi ubi esses, / heard you ? where you were. 3. Cur afuisti? Why 3. Repperi cur abesses, 7 have were you absent ? found out why you ivere absent. Observe (1) that each dependent clause in the examples begins with an interrogative word; (2) that while it has not the form of a question, it gives the substance of the question 154 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. opposite ; (3) that it d^epends upon a verb, either as subject or object. Such clauses are called indirect questions. Notice the mood of indirect questions. 306. Rule. — The subjunctive is used in indirect questions. 307. VOCABULARY. finititnus, -i, m., neighbor, intellego, -ere, -lexi, -lectuni, (fini-, stein of finis, adj. end- (inter and lego), under- ing -timus). stand. Procilliis, -i, 7)*., Procillus. persequor, -sequi, -secutus, terra, -ae, /., earth. pursue. nsus, -us, wi., advantage, use. quaero, -ere, quaesivi, quae- hortor, -ari, -atus, urge, exhort. situm, ask, inquire about. 308. EXERCISES. I. 1. Ubi fueris proxima nocte intellegere iion pos- sum. 2. Cur domi non esses mirabatur. 3. Mater intel- legit quid liberis iisui sit. 4. Itilia patriam omnibus terrls praefert. 5. Post bellum patria nostra secundls rebus tisa est. 6. Magister a me quaeslvit cur afuissem. 7. Quae causa doloris esset miratus est. 8. Procillus in ipsum Caesarem hostem equitatu persequentem incidit. 9. Nauta Itiliam sibi uxori delegit. 10. Dumnorix et domi et in finitimis civitatibus multos amicos habebat. 11. Centurio suos hortatus exspectantibus ^ signum dat. 12. Pueri qui trans flumen filgerunt nolunt dicere ubi fuerint. II. 1. He asks me why I was absent so long. 2. Cic- ero was made consul by the Komans when forty-two years old. 3. I will endeavor to be just to every one.^ 4. You ought to go home early every day. 5. Your parents 1 See 50, note. ^ with iustus use in with ace, not dative. FIRST CONJUGATION. 155 know where you are. 6. Your parents knew where you were. 7. After the departure of my friends I returned home. 8. Everybody prefers to go from the city in sum- mer. 9. My father understands what books are agreeable to me. 10. They threw their arms to the ground and fled. 11. We wish to be useful to our neighbors. CHAPTER LV. First Conjugation: Subjunctive Active. Clauses of Purpose (Final Clauses). 309. Learn the subjunctive active of amo. Inflect the subjunctive of narro, vasto, occupo, celo. 310. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Legatum mittit ut agros vastet, he sends a lieutenant that he may lay waste, in order to lay ivaste, to lay waste, the fields. 2. Legatum mittit qui (ut is) agros vastet, he sends a lieu- tenant who is to lay waste, in order to lay waste, to lay ivaste, the fields. 3. Ex duce petunt ne agros vastet, they ask the commander that he may not lay ivaste, not to lay ivaste, the fields. Notice the various English equivalents of the subordinate clauses beginning with ut, ne, and gut, and also the mood of the verbs which follow these particles. What is the difference in meaning between ut and ne ? Ut . . . vastet, qui . . . vastet, and ne . . . vastet express the purpose of the action of the principal verb. Such clauses are called clauses of purpose (final clauses). 156 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 31 1. EuLE. — The subjunctive with ut, ne, or a relative is used to express purpose {final clauses). Caution. — The rule for sequence of tenses given in the last chapter must be observed in clauses of purpose (final clauses). 312. VOCABULARY. mors, mortis, /., death. remaneo, -ere, -mansi, no tutus, -ii, -um, safe. supine; fut. part., reman- cognosco, -ere, -novi, -nitum, surus, (re and maneo), (con a^cZgnosco), find out. remain. moneo, -ere, monui.mouitum, vito, -are, -avi, -atum, avoid. advise, warn. ut, conj., that, in order that. relinquo, -ere, -liqui, -lie- ne, cowj., that not, in order that turn, leave. not. 313. EXERCISES ON FORMS. I. 1. Eum mittit ut vastet, occupet, iuvet. 2. Eos mittit ut vastent, occupent, iuvent. 3. Eum mlsit ut vastaret, occuparet, iuvaret. 4. Eos mittet ut vastent, occupent, iuvent. 5. Eos monet ne celent, properent, vitent, liberent. 6. Eum monebat ne celaret, properaret, vltaret, liberaret. II. 1. He advises them to carry, hasten, adorn, set free. 2. He was advising them not to carry, hasten, adorn, set free. 3. He sent cavalry to assist, to attack, to set free. 4. He will send cavalry to assist, to attack, to set free. 314. EXERCISES. I. 1. Labienus trans flumen magnas copias misit quae mtinitum locum occuparent. 2. Caesar quaesivit quot German! in Gallia essent. 3. Quaerit qua de causa se FIRST CONJUGATION. 157 vltaverim. 4. Mors clarl poetae dolorl civibus erat. 5. Custodes captlvos ad montem fugientes persequebantur. 6. Itissit mulieres et liberos ex oppido exire ut iniuriam vitarent. 7. Periculi tempo ribiis sociTs auxilium ferre debemus. 8. Tres legiones rellquit ut oppidum ab impetu hostium tutum esset. 9. Imperator me monet ut domi hiemem. 10. Cognoscemus ubi arma tua celaveris. 11. Maior natu filius domo discedere, minor remanere mavult. II. 1. He did not know why I was avoiding him. 2. I will see who is in the garden. 3. He advised his son to remain in the city. 4. He sent his servant to carry grain to his horse. 5. We shall return home at^ the beginning of summer to assist our parents. 6. The old man urged his son to return home with the utmost speed. 7. He told me why he was hurrying. 8. We shall warn the Helvetians not to attack the towns of our neighbors. 9. I prefer the city where I was born to this (city). 10. We were unable to find the cause (what was the cause) of the boy's death. 11. My mother thinks that I am safer on land. 316. READING LESSON. [C^SAR, Gallic War, I. 41^7.] Septimo die postquam {after) Vesontione castra mota erant ab exploratoribus nuntiatum est AriovistI copias a nostris milibus passuum quattuor et vigintl abesse. Ario- vistus ad Caesarem legatos misit qui eum in colloquium vocarent. Dies colloquio dictus est ex eo die quintus. Ad colloquium Caesar decimae legionis mJlites, quos sibi 1 Prima aestate. 158 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. fidissimos habebat, in equos positos secnm duxit. Per eos Caesar Ariovistum proMbere voluit iie se interficere conaretur (imperf. sabj. of conor). In colloquio Ario- vistus summa arrogantia {the greatest arrogance) tisus est equitesque qui cum eo venerant in Romanos lapides tela- que iecerunt. Caesar cum niilitibiis suis in castra se recepit, neque iterum (again) vocatus in colloquium ire volebat, quod sine perlculo se facere posse non putabat, sed Gaium Valerium Procillum et Marcum Metium misit. His mandavit (commissioned) ut quae diceret {said, imperf. subj. of died) Ariovistus sibi nuntiarent. Hos Ariovistus dicere conantes prohibuit et in catenas {fetters, chains) coniecit {threw). CHAPTER LVI. First Conjugation: Subjunctive Passive. Clauses of Result {Consecutive Clauses). 316, Learn the subjunctive passive of amo. 317. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Puer tarn defessus fuit ut eum iuvarem, the hoy was so tired that 1 helped him. 2. Puer ita fecit ut non amaretur, the boy acted so that he ivas not loved. 3. German! tam fortes erant ut totus exercitus perturba- retur, the Germans icere so brave that all the army tvas disturbed. FIRST CONJUGATION. 159 4. Nemo tam bonus est qui ab omnibus ametur, no one is so good that he is loved by all. The clauses beginning with ut and qui in these sentences denote result (consecutive clauses). Observe that they are the same in form as purpose clauses, except that ut non is used instead of ne in negative sentences. 318. Rule. — The subjunctive with uf, uf non, or a relative, is used to express result. 319. VOCABULARY. coinmutatio, -ouis, /., change. saspicio, -onis, /., suspicion. iniinicus, -i, w., (in and ami- timer, -oris, m., fear. cus), a person unfriendly, tantus, -a, -um, so great. an enemy. dubito, -are, -avi, -atum, mens, mentis, /., mind. doubt. pons, pontis, in., bridge. 320. EXERCISES. I. 1. Easdem copias quae ad portum consederant praesidio navibus reliquit. 2. Iter tam difficile erat ut eodem die redire non conaremur. 3. Ea pecunia ita titemini ut ^ aliis prositis. 4. Tantus timor totum exerci- tum occupavit ut omnium mentes animlque perturbaren- tur. 5. Caesar duces militum convocavit ut dellberarent quid optimum esset. 6. Adventti auxiliorum tanta com- mutatio facta est ut nemo in hostes impetum facere dubitaret. 7. Omnes fmitimos cognoscere volumus. 8. Caesar terra marique ^ inimlcos bellum sibi inferentes persequebatur. 9. Pons in Ehodano pluribus ante annis factus erat. 10. Ex captivis cognovit qui cum Cicerone 1 Ita ut prositis, so that you may (or ivill) benefit, so as to benefit. 2 In this phrase in is regularly omitted. 160 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. deliberavissent. 11. Dux mllites hortatus est ut timoris sQspicionem vitarent. II. 1. He fortifies the camp that it may be safe from the attack of the enemy. 2. The town was so fortified that it was not taken by the enemy. 3. The judge was so just that he was praised by all his fellow-citizens. 4. Cicero did not think that death was the end of the soul. 5. He exhorted his sons to avoid bad company. 6. My friend warned me not to spend the winter in Britain. 7. The general understood why I hesitated to remain in camp. 8. The seashore was so pleasant that the boys were delighted. 9. The recruit is made brave by daily experience in (of the) camp. 10. The consul was disturbed in mind and spirit by the suspicion of his enemies. CHAPTER LVII. Second Conjugation: Subjunctive Mood. Purpose and Result Clauses. — Continued. 321. Learn the subjunctive active and passive of habeo. 322. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. Clauses after Verbs of Fearing. 1. Veretur ut locum occupet, he fears that he will not get possession of the place. 2. Veretur ne hostes locum occupent, he fears that the enemy tvlll get possession of the place. \JT^ SECOND CONJUGATION. 161 3. Timebatur ne amicum vulneraret, he was afraid he might wound his friend. 4. Timemus ut in urbem venerit, we fear he has not come to the city. Observe that in these sentences ut is translated with not and ne without it. 323. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. Clauses after Quin. 1 . Non dubito quin ametur, / do not doubt that he is loved. 2. Non abest susplcio quin verum celat, the suspicion is not wanting that he is concealing the truth. 3. Non dubitaverunt quin verum esset, they did not doubt that it was true. 4. Non dubium erat quin hostes venissent, there was no doubt that the enemy had come. 324. VOCABULARY. militia, -ae,/., military service. constituo, -ere, -stitui, -stitO- voluutas, -atis, /., will, good turn, arrange, decide. will, proflciscor, i, profectus, set dignus, -a, -um, worthy. oiit. dubius, -a, -um, doubtful, (cf. contra (jorep. lotY^ ace); against. Eng. dubious). quia, conj.^ that, but that. 326. EXERCISES. I. 1. aSTemo dubitare debet quin nostrl elves pro pa- tria fortiter piignent. 2. Pater timet ut fllius valeat. 3. Timebat ut comes fide dignus esset. 4. Non est dubium qulnvmvenis fide dignus sit. 5. Num potest quisquam dubitare quin Italia poetarum et oratorum sit patria ? 6. Susplcio non abest quin in Italia remaneat ut mllitiam 162 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. vTtet. 7. Quaeris a nobis cur ita hoc homine delectemur. 8. Constituit post mortem patris domum relinquere et in urbem ire. 9. Contra voluntatem meam accidit nt in provinciam proficiscar. 10. Pater filium domum relin- quentem monuit ut malos comites vitaret. II. 1. We feared that Ariovistus intended^ to remain. 2. It happened that we knew your plan. 3. So great was the fear of our soldiers that they did not sustain the attack of the enemies' cavalry. 4. We will find out how many bridges over the Rhone remain. 5. He did not doubt that his neighbors were safe. 6. So great a change in affairs was made in a few months that his enemies were greatly frightened. 7. The lieutenant wished to lead his infantry across the bridge and encamp upon the hill. 8. He feared that his soldiers would not obey. 9. There is no doubt that the orator will be present. 10. The general fears that the minds and feelings of the recruits (new soldiers) will be disturbed by the approach of the enemy. 326. READING LESSON. [C^SAR, Gallic War, I. 48.] Eodem die Ariovistus castra promovit {moved forward, pro and movit) et mllibus passuum sex a Caesaris castris sub {under ^ at the foot of) monte consedit. Postero die praeter {past) Caesaris castra suas copias duxit et mlli- bus passuum duobus ultra {beyond) eum castra fecit eo consilio ut frumento commeatuque, qui ex Sequanis et Aeduis portaretur, Caesarem intercluderet {shut off). Ex eo die dies continuos {successive) quinque Caesar 1 Esset in animo. Cf. Orgetorigi in animo erat, 171. IMPERATIVE CONSTRUCTIONS. 163 pro castrls suas copias edtjxit ut Ariovisto potestatem pugnandi {of fighting, gerund of pugno) daret. Ario- vistus his omnibus diebus exercitum castrls continuit, equitatu cottidie proelium commisit. Genus hoc erat pugnae, quo se German! exercuerant {had trained). Equitum mllia erant sex, totidem {just so mayiy) numero pedites velocissimi ac fortissimi. Cum his in proeiia equites ibant. Ad eos se recipiebant. Hi in periculTs equites iuvabant, et tanta erat eorum celeritas ut non minus velociter quam equi currerent. 5>»?C CHAPTER LVIII. Imperative Constructions. Wishes. 327. Learn the present imperative of amo, moneo, duco, audio, volo, nolo. 328. Imperative constructions include all kinds of commands, requests, and permissions. The following are the most common : — POSITIVE. NEGATIVE. 1. properem, let me hurry. ne properem, let me not hurry. c propera, hurry. r _,_ I I noh properare, ^ '\ _ , ^ \ or [donothurry. properes, you (one) must _ _ , | , ^ ^ I ne properaveris, -' "^ hurru. ^ 164 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 3. ^ POSITIVE. 1 let properet, or properaverit, him hurry, or he shall hurry. ne properet ne properaverit, NEGATIVE. let him not hurry, or he shall not J hurry. 329. Commands, requests, and permissions are ex- pressed by the subjunctive, except in the second person, and in the second person they may be expressed by the subjunctive. 1. The second person of the subjunctive in positive commands is rarely used except when the subject is you in the sense of one or }oeople. 2. Negative commands of the second person are ex- pressed by noli (nolite) with the present infinitive, or by the present or perfect subjunctive with ne. 3. Notice that in imperative sentences there is no difference in the translation between the present and the perfect subjunctive. 4. Notice that ne is the negative in imperative sen- tences. 330. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. (Utinam) bonus sis, may you he good. Utinam bonus esses, would you were good. Utinam bonus fuisses, loould you had been good. (Utinam) ne malus sis, may you not he had. (Utinam) ne malus esses, icould you were not bad. (Utinam) ne malus fuisses, would you had not heen bad. Notice that utinam is sometimes translated, and sometimes merely shows that the sentence in which it occurs is a wish. Notice, also, that ulinam may usually be omitted in Latin. Notice that when the wish refers to the future the present IMPERATIVE CONSTRUCTIONS. 165 subjunctive, when it refers to the present the imperfect, and when it refers to the past the pluperfect, is used. When the wish refers to the present or past, it is unfulfilled. Compare the subjunctive in conditions, 337-340. Observe that the negative is ne. 331. EuLE. — Wishes are expressed by the suhjr .ictive, often introduced by ut/nan^y The negative is ne. Wishes referring to the future tak^ the present tense ^ unfulfilled wishes referring to the present take the imperfect, and referring to the past the pluperfect. 332. VOCABULARY. peeus, -oris, w., flock. euro, -are, -avi, -atum, take antiquus, -H,-uin, ancient. care, cause. nuUus, -a, -um, no, no one. soleo, -ere, solitus, (semi-dep.) audeo, -ere, ausus, (dep. in be accustomed. per/., plup., and fut. perf.)^ traiiseo, -ire, -ii, -itum, (trans dare. and eo), go across, cross. cogito, -are, -avi, -atum, vivo, -ere, vixi, victum, live, think. utinam, that, would that. 333. EXERCISES. I. 1. Propera, ml fill, domum redire. 2. Libros, dls- cipull, domum hodie ne portaveritis. 3. Ne quisquam hunc hostem timuerit. 4. Noli putare me ad quemquam dongas epistulas scrlbere. 5. Ctira ut vir dlgnus patre SIS et cogita quo in loco stes. 6. Semper audete vera dicere. 7. Ne soliti sitis hunc agrum transire. 8. Nulli erat dubium quin arma contra Caesarem pararentur. 9. AntiquI GermanI non multum frumento sed magna ex parte ^ pecore vivebant. 10. Non tam acer civis sum ut putem mllitiam esse semper gratam. 11. Debemus ita 1 In great part, largely. 166 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. vivere ut aliis prosimus. 1^. Ne milites de mortis peri- culo cogitaverint. 14. Utinam mater adesset. 15. Uti- nam domi afuissem. II. 1. The minds of the soldiers were seized with so great fear that they were thrown into disorder. 2. The orator feared that his speech might seem too long. 3. He decided to go (set out) to Britain to avoid wrong from (of) his enemies. 4. I do not doubt that the bridge is safe. 5. Send the boy home. 6. Do not send the boy home. 7. Let the soldiers avoid the suspicion of fear. 8. Let us not fear the enemy. 9. These boys so act that they are loved by everybody. 10. Csesar had perceived the good will of Divitiacus towards himself. 11. He wished to drive his flock to a safe place. 12. No one ^ doubts that the ancient Germans were brave. 13. May they not dare to cross. 3>^c CHAPTER LXL Subjunctive of Irregular Verbs. Indirect Discourse. 354. Learn the subjunctive, active and passive, of possum, volo, nolo, malo, eo, fio, and fero. Review the rules for simple indirect discourse (p. 119). 355. VOCABULARY. imperium, -i, n., command, conficio, -ficere, -feci, -fee- rule, power, sway, [imper turn, finish, wear out (esp. (of impero, command) -\- in perf. pass, partic.) [con + abstract ending -ium] . facio]. porta, -ae, /., gate. existimo, -are, -avi, -atum, pugna, -ae,/., fight, battle. think, consider, [ex + aes- turris, -is {ace. -im), /., tower. timo, compute {a,e weakened etiam, conj., even, also, [et + to i)]. lam]. SUBJUNCTIVE OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 177 356. EXERCISES. I. 1. Ntintius respondit turrim iam confectam esse. 2. Si scrlbere potuisset, Britannos ad urbis portam ven- tures esse scripsisset. 3. Etiam cum e mimitione exi- remus, hostes pugnattiros esse non existimabamus. 4. Caesarl renuntiabatur milites vulneribus iam con- fectos esse. 5. Caesar cum cognovisset Britannos iam victos esse, ad castra munltionesque pervenire contendit. 6. Galli etiam si Caesaris imperium ferre noluissent, tamen resistere non potuissent. 7. Si celeriter castra fiant hostibus resistere possimus. 8. Nisi ad opus re- vert! quam in pugna manere maluissetis facile liostes vicissetis. 9. Legatus dicebat se tertio die ad suos venturum esse. 10. Si quis dicet se piignam vidisse, responde pugnam neque fuisse neque futuram esse. II. 1. I saw that the Gauls were resisting; had resisted ; would resist. 2. If you did not bear the toils of war, I should not say that you were brave. 3. If he had not been willing to go, he would not have gone. 4. Even if they thought that their allies were brave, they would wish to defend themselves with a fortification. 5. When he had seen that the magistrates were present, he said that he would reply immediately. 6. The mes- senger replied that the enemy had run to the gates and {atque) had seized even the tower. 7. They say that they cannot endure the rule of the Eomans. 8. They announced that the foot-soldiers would seize the gates. 9. When they saw that the hill had been seized by the enemy, they understood that they were conquered. 10. If you think that the place is suitable for a camp, let us go thither. 178 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 357. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Direct. Si quid vis, cur non venis ad me? If you want anything^ why do you not come to me f Indirect (primary tense). Amicus tuus respondet, si quid velis, cur non venias ad se, your friend replies, if you want anything, why don't you come to him. (secondary tense). Caesar respondit, si quid Ariovistus vellet, cur non veniret ad se, Ccesar replied, if Ariovistus wanted anything, why did he not come to him. 2. Direct. Veni si vis, come, if you ivish. Indirect (primary tense). Amicus tuus dicit, venias si velis, your friend says (that) you may come if . you wish. (secondary tense). Caesar dixit Ariovistus veniret si vellet, Ccesar said (that) Ariovistus might come if he wished. 3. Direct. Si aderat Titus, puer bene fecit, If Titus ivas present, the boy did well. Indirect (primary tense). Dico si adfuerit Titus bene puerum fecisse, / say that if Titus ivas present, the hoy did well. (secondary tense). Dixi si adfuisset Titus bene puerum fecisse, I said that if Titus was pres- ent, the boy did loell (at some time before I said it). 4. Direct. Cum Titus adest, puer bene facit, when Titus is present, the boy does well. Indirect (primary tense). Dico cum Titus adsit bene puerum facere, / say that when Titus is present, the boy does well. (secondary tense). Dixi cum Titus adesset bene puerum facere, / said that ivhen Titus was present, the boy did well. SUBJUNCTIVE OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 179 Notice the moods. Notice also how the tenses differ in the different sentences. Observe that the first and second persons of the Direct Discourse are usually change(J (in Latin as in English) to the third person in the Indirect Discourse. 358. Rule. — In Indirect Discourse, questions, com- mands, and subordinate clauses are in the subjunctive. 359. Rule. — If the verb of saying, etc., introducing the Indirect Discourse is in a primary tense, the subjunctives are present or perfect; 'if it is in a secondary tense, the sub- junctives are imperfect or pluperfect. Note. — As the subjuuctive lacks the future and future perfect tenses, the future indicative of the Direct Discourse is represented by the present or imperfect subjunctive in Indirect Discourse, and the future perfect indicative by. the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive. So si adero, bene erit, if I am (i.e. shall be) present, it will be well, becomes, if quoted indirectly, dicit si adsit bene futurum esse, he says that if he is present, it will be v:ell, or (using a sec- ondary tense) dixit si adesset bene futurum esse. 360. FXERCISES. I. 1. Dux existimavit milites, si vellent, vincere posse. 2. Vobis dico, si laudarl velitis, fortes sTtis. 3. Magistra- ttis dixerunt Caesarem si Britannos vicisset in Galliam reversurum esse. 4. Magistratui nuntiatum est omnes hostium legiones in Italiam revertisse. 5. Dux militibus dixit, si hostibus resistere vellent, mmiitiones conficerent. 6. Nuntiatum est portam, cum Labienus ad munitiones pervenisset, iam occupatam esse a Gallis. 7. Legatus intellexit pedites in castra se recepturos esse nisi quis auxilio eis veniret. 8. Centurionibus dixit, cum muni- tiones iam confectae essent, castris milites continerent. 9. Imperator, cum hiemem iam adesse cognovisset, in hiberna legiones duxit. 10. Nuntiatum est hostes, cum 180 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. vincere non potuissent, prima vigilia salutem fuga peti- ttiros esse. II. 1. Fight bravely if you wish to be praised. 2. The general said that the soldiers must fight bravely if they wished to be praised. 3. When the messenger had arrived at the town he went to the magistrates. 4. He told the magistrates that when the camp was taken the Gauls had sought safety in flight. 5. The magistrates replied, that since the Gauls had been con- quered, they would receive the Romans in (into) the city. 6. When the messenger had returned to the army, he reported that the magistrates would not resist. 7. Having heard this, the general said that he should move the camp at daybreak, since he had done all (the things) on account of which he had come. 8. He thought that, since the leaders of the enemy had been slain, his soldiers would be safe in the city. 9. When the army had been led into the city, the general called the magis- trates to him. 10. He said that since they had received him and his soldiers in the city, he counted (held, habere) tliem in the number of his friends. 361. HEADING LESSON. [Cjssar, Gallic War, I. 50, 51.] Proximo die Ariovistus partem suarum copiarum, quae castra Caesaris minora oppugnaret, misit. Diu atque acriter pugnatum est. Solis occasu suas copias Ariovis- tus in castra redtixit {led back). Cum ex captlvis Caesar quaereret quam ob rem Ariovistus proelio contendere non vellet, hanc reperiebat causam : apud Germanos earn consuettidinem (custom) esse, ut matresfamiliae (matrons) eorum sortibus (by lots) et vaticinationibus (by PARTICIPLES. 181 prophecies) declararent (decldro, declare) utrum (whether) proelium cominittere deberent neciie (or 7iot) ; eas ita dicere : Germanos superaturos non esse, si ante novam lunam proelio contendissent. Postero die Caesar prae- sidium castris reliquit (left) ; ipse triplici acie mstructa (see note on last reading lesson) ad castra hostium acces- sit (went close up). Germani coacti sunt copias suas castris educere. Omnem aciem carrls circumdederunt, ne qua spes (hope) fugae relinqueretur. In carrls mulie- res stabant quae eos liortabantur ut fortiter ptignarent. 3j»*Ko« CHAPTER LXm. Gerund and Gerundive. 368. Learn the gerund and gerundive of amo, habeo, duco, audio, and eo. Notice that the gerund is declined as a neuter singular noun of the second declension, lacking the nominative and vocative cases, and that the gerundive is declined as a regular adjective of the first and second declensions. The gerund is a verbal noun, the gerundive a verbal adjective. 186 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIK. 369. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. Gen. Milites pugnandT finem fecerunt, the soldiers made an ejid of fighting. Dat. Locus pugnando idoneus erat, the place was suitable for fighting. Acc. Nostri ad pugnandum convenerunt, our men assembled for fighti7ig (to fight) . Abl. Milites pugnando fortes fiunt, soldiers are made brave by fighting. Notice that the gerund is used like the English verbal noun in -ing. The accusative of the gerund is used only with prepo- sitions. Instead of the nominative and accusative (without a preposition) of the gerund, the infinitive is used ; as, videre est credere, seeing is believing ; dicit videre esse credere, he says that seeing is believing. 370. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. Gen. Potestas \ urbem capiendi, / 7.7 . , ^ ~ n . . -, r taking the city datur ; urbis capiendae, \ ■ J^ , I ) IS offered. T^ -, ^ ^ ( , -_.-,- ^ . ") he is a leader suit- DAT. Est dux \ urbem capiendo (rare), r ,, ^ .__ -Ai- . ^ r able for taking idoneus j urbi capiendae, V , . ( ' ) the city. r ad urbem capiendum \ they came to take Acc. Venerunt ^ (rare), y (for taking) the ( ad urbem capiendam, ) city. r de urbem capiendo ^ we are thinking Abl. Cogitamus } (rare), >- about taking the i de urbe capienda, ) city. Notice that in the above sentences the gerund takes an object like the finite verb. The gerund itself is in the case required by the noun, adjective, or other word upon which it ^depends. GEKUND AND GERUNDIVE. 187 371. Rule. — The gerund is, as a noun, governed by other ivords; as a verb, it may take an object in the proper case. Notice that the gerundive agrees with its noun like any other adjective. The noun itself is in the case required by the noun, adjective, or other word upon which it depends. It is only when the gerund would take an object in the accusative that the gerundive can be used instead. The two constructions are both admissible in the genitive ; in the other cases, the gerundive is usual. 372. EuLE. — Instead of the gerund with a direct object, the gerundive is generally used. The gerundive agrees in gender, number, and case with its noun, which stands in the case in which the gerund would have been. 373. VOCABULARY. apertus, -a, -um, adj., open, ibi, adv., there. — [perf. pass, partic. of ape- impero, -are, -avi, -atum, com- rio, open]. mand, order, used with the consisto, consistere, constiti, dat. of the person to whom no supine, stand together, the command is given followed stand firm, stop, halt, [con hy ut or ne with the suhjunc- + sisto {reduplicated form tive. from sto, stand)]. retineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentum, conspicio, -spicere, -spexi, hold back, retain, [re, back ; -spectum, spy, see, behold, teneo, hold]. [con + spic {for spec, a scutum, -i, n., shield. root denoting sight) + ioj . 374. EXERCISES. I. 1. Sciitis amissis tamen constiterunt ad portam defendendam. 2. Dixerunt ibi se mansuros esse ubi ad -,castra defendenda constitissent. 3. Centurionibus impe- ravit lit de turribus conficiendis cosritarent. 4. Amico 188 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. nostro persuadeamus ne spem oppidi capiendi amittat. 5. Satis effectum esse arbitror si legatl ad pacem peten- dam miss! sunt. 6. Cum nostros ad pugnam convenientes conspexissent, tempus ptignandl venisse existimaverunt. 7. Etiam sub imperio Popull RomanT, Galli retinerl non poterant ne inter se contenderent. 8. His rebus factis nostri ad flunien transeundum profecti sunt. 9. Helvetii de itinere per Sequanorum fines faciendo ad Caesarem legates mlserunt. 10. His ille respondit se null I potesta- tem itineris per provinciam faciendl daturum esse. II. 1. This place is not suitable for fortifying a camp. 2. When the gate was opened, he commanded us to go against the enemy. 3. Having seized the mountain, they halted there to wait (for Avaiting) for the general. 4. When they beheld the legions going out from the camp, they thought that an opportunity of making an attack was offered (given). 5. They placed towers at the gates for defending the town. 6. Although all hope of taking the town was lost, still they did not flee, but remained there all night. 7. When the general com- manded them to halt there, they did not obey the com- naand. 8. He said many things about taking cities and conquering enemies. 9. If you should say anything about making peace, you would lose the friendship of the consul. 10. Caesar crossed into Britain to find out (for finding out) the customs of the Britons. 375. READING LESSON. [C^SAR, Gallic War, I. 52, 53.] Caesar a dextro cornu, quod (because) eam partem minime firmam (strong) hostium animadverterat, proe- SUPINE. 189 lium commisit. Ita acriter nostri in liostes signo dato impetuin fecerunt itaque celeriter hostes procurrerunt {ran forward) ut spatium (room, space) pila in hostes coniciendi non daretur. Gladils piignatum est diti atque acriter. Tandem German! victi fugerunt, neque prius^ fugere destiterunt (perf. of desisto, cease) quam ^ ad flumen Khenum milia passuum ex eo loco circiter quinque pervenerunt. Ibi panel fliimine transito sibi salutem reppererunt. In his fnit Ariovistus. Reliqnos omnes equitatus noster interfecit. Duae fnernnt Ariovisti uxo- res, quae in ea fuga perierunt (perished). Diiarum filiarum altera occisa, altera capta est. Gains Valerius Procillus, cum a ctistodibus in fuga traheretur (traho, -ere, drag) in ipsnm Caesarem incidit, et Marcus Metius repertus et ad eum reductus (brought back) est. CHAPTER LXIV. Supine. Expressions of Purpose. 376. Learn the supines of the regular and irregular verbs. 377. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. venerunt aquam petitum, the?/ came to seek water. missus est rem renuntiatum, he was sent to report the matter. 1 prius . . . quam, sooner . . . than, i.e. until. 190 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 378. EuLE. — The supine in -um {accusative supine) is used after verbs of motion to express purpose. Note. — The most frequent use of the supine in -um is with the verb eo, especially with the impersonal infinitive passive ; as, amatum in. This is the simplest way of forming the future infinitive passive. (For a more usual way of expressing the idea of the future infinitive passive, see the following chapter.) 379. Other ways of expressing purpose have already been given. They came to seek water may be expressed ' as follows : — venerunt ut aquam peterent (w^ and the subjunctive, 311). venerunt qui aquam peterent (relative and the subjunc- tive, 311). vengrunt ad aquam petendam (gerundive with atZ, 370). venSrunt aquam petitum (accusative supine as above). Instead of the gerundive with ad the gerund may be used, but only when the verb is intransitive ; as, venerunt ad mihi respondendum, they came to reply to me. 380. Purpose may also be expressed by the gerund or gerundive in the genitive followed by causa (or gratia), for the sake of: — venerunt aquae petendi causa (gratia), venerunt aquae petendae causa (gratia). Causa and gratia are the ablatives of causa, cause, and gratia, favor, influence. They are used with the genitive as prepositions are used with the accusative and ablative, but when so used they are always placed after the genitive. 381. The future participle is also occasionally used to express purpose ; as, venerunt aquam petittiri, they came about to seek water, i.e. they came to seek ivater. What are the eight ways of expressing purpose in Latin ? SUPINE. 191 382. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. facile est factu, it is easy to do. difficile est dictu, it is hard to tell. 383. EuLE. — The supine in -n {ablative supine) is used with adjectives (and a few other words) to limit their meaning. 384. VOCABULARY. gratia, -ae, /., influence, favor conicio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum, (abl. gratia for the sake of, throw together, hurl together, with gen. like causa). [con 4- iacio]. quantus, -a, -um, adj., rel. and pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsum, inter., how great. repel, repulse, defeat. animadverto, -ere, -i, -sum, nam, conj., for. notice, perceive, [anim (of quldem, indeed, at least, espe- animus)+ad + verto (turn) dally ne . . . quldem, not turn the mind to]. even. 386. EXERCISES. I. 1. Hoc animadverso Caesar imperavit ut ibi con- sisterent. 2. Incredibile dictu est quanta celeritate ad tela conicienda convenissent. 3. Orgetorix apud Helve- tios pluriraum valebat gratia et animi magnitudine, nam nihil esse arbitrati sunt quod efficere non posset. 4. Galli ne scutis quidem amissis omnem spem aml- serunt. 5. Helvetii proelio pulsi legates ad Caesarem pacem petitum miserunt. 6. Cum Procillum venientem conspexisset porta aperta ad eum contendit. 7. Legatos, qui ad pacem petendam venerant, apud se retinuit ne domum reverterentur. 8. Nam verebatur ne, si domum revertissent, GaHis persuaderent ut ad impetum in castra faciendum convenirent. 9. Milii quidem satis erit si bene 192 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. ac celeriter eas res confeceritis ad quas conficiendas vos convocavl. 10. Hoc si optimum factu est faciamus. 11. Haec quidem dicere volebam ut intellegeretis. Sed satis dictum est. [Translate the purpose clauses in various ways.] II. 1. Let us go to seek aid. I think this is the best (thing) to do. 2. When he had noticed that the Gauls had hurled their javelins, he ordered his (men) to make a charge. 3. Not even when the enemy were repulsed did he dare to halt there. 4. When the leaders of the enemy perceived this, they encouraged (strengthened the spirits of) their men to fight. 5. We have come to you, not to fight, but to make peace. 6. Caesar had great influence among the Gauls, for they understood how great his power was. 7. Those who had been sent to learn the nature of the place, reported that it was suitable for making a camp. 8. Scouts came for the purpose of seeing the army and reporting to their chiefs. 9. Having noticed this, Caesar retained them in the camp. 10. Envoys were sent to the general to seek peace, in order to put (make) an end to (of) the war. 11. The general replied to them that he had come to conquer the Gauls. 12. Having heard this, the chiefs of the Gauls called their (men) together and encouraged them to fight. PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. 193 CHAPTER LXy. Periphrastic Conjugations. Dative of Agent. 386. Examine the following : — Pres. amaturus sum, I am about to love (or, / am going to love). Imperf. amaturus eram, / was about to love. FuT. amaturus ero, / shall he about to love. Perf. amaturus fui, / have been (was) about to love. Pluperf. amaturus fueram, / had been about to love. FuT. Perf. amaturus fuero, I shall have been about to love. The future active participle is combined in this way with all the moods and tenses of sum. The combination is called the First Periphrastic Conjugation. The tenses are called present, imperfect, etc., according to the tense of sum employed. The future active participle of any verb, with the present indicative of sum, has substantially the same meaning as the future active indicative. The two expressions, amab5 and amaturus sum, are equivalents. But for the other forms given above, there are no simple equivalents. 387. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. non dubitS quin amaturus sit, I do not doubt that he will (is about to) love. quaesivi quid facturus esset, / asked tohat he was going to do. Notice that the First Periphrastic Conjugation sup- plies a future tense for the subjunctive mood.^ 194 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. The regular future active infinitive (as amattinis esse) is evidently a part of the First Periphrastic Conjugation, being formed of the future active participle and the infini- tive of sum. The future passive infinitive is also frequently formed with the aid of sum. For this purpose, the future infini- tive of sum is used ; but the form employed is almost invariably fore, not futtirum esse. When thus used, fore is followed by ut and the subjunctive ; as, — credo fore ut ametur, I believe that he will be loved (that it will be or will come to pass that he is loved). putabam fore ut liber scriberetur, / thought that the book would be written (that it would be or would come to pass that the book was written). The future infinitive passive in Indirect Discourse is usually formed in this way. 388. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. Pres. amandus sum, / am to be loved, I ought to (must) be loved, it is necessary that I be loved. Imperf. amandus eram, / was to be loved, I ought to have been loved, it was necessary that I be loved. FuT. amandus ero, / ought (hereafter) to be loved, it will be necessary that I be loved. Perf. amandus fui, / have been (was) to be loved, I ought to have been loved, it was necessary that I be loved. The other moods (except the imperative) and tenses of sum are also used in combination with the gerundive, forming the Second Periphrastic Conjugation. Observe that the Second Periphrastic Conjugation is passive, and involves the idea of necessity or obligation. 389. PERIPHKASTIC CONJUGATIONS. ILLUSTRATIVE SENTENCES. OF THK hoc mihi faciendum est, this must be done hy me, or I must do this. intellexit pontem sibi faciendum esse, he understood that a bridge must be built by him, or that he must build a bridge. Observe that the person by whom the action is to be per- formed is put in the dative. This is called the dative of agent. 390. Rule. — With the gerundive expressing obligation, the dative is used to denote the person upon whom the obli- gation rests. 391. VOCABULARY. autem, conj., but, however, (the second word in its clause). coepi, coepisse, began (only the tenses formed from the perfect stein exist), followed by the infinitive. consuesco, -suescere, -suevi, -suetum, be accustomed, [con + siiesco]. demon stro, -are, -avi, -atum, show, explain, demonstrate, [de + monstro, show]. egredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, go out, come out, [e + gre- dior (for gradlor, step, go) ] . fortuna, -ae, /., fortune. progredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, go forward, advance, [pro + gradior] . trado, -dere, -didi, -ditum, give over, hand over, give up, [tra (for trans, across or over) -1- a shortened form of da, the root of do, give]. 392. EXERCISES. I. 1. Ibi nobis consistendum est ubi imperator ut consistamus imperat. 2. Imperavit autem ut sub miiro consisteremus, nam animadverterat hostes progressuros esse. 3. Porta ad egrediendum aperta, tamen milites in castris retinuit. 4. Scuta et pila nostra tradenda sunt, animos autem semper retinebimus. 5. Ibi multis lapidi- bus in unum locum coniectis mtirum facere coeperunt. 196 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 6. Omnia demonstravl quae milii demonstranda erant. 7. Quaesivit num milites quos in silva conspexisset egres- stiri essent. 8. Helvetii quidem pulsl sunt, German! au- tem vincendi sunt. 9. Discipulls multa facienda sunt ad gratiam apud magistrum petendam. 10. Dixit fore ut castra trade rentur, cum milites pulsl essent. 11. Intelle- gendum est quanta fortunae sit potestas. 12. Quaero quid facttirl sitis ut apud elves gratia valeatis. 13. Con- suescunt homines multa facere quae facienda non sunt. 14. Duel mllitum animi ad ptignandum conflrmandl sunt. II. 1. The Britons were accustomed to choose leaders when they were about to go out from their territories. 2. Influence and power ought to be sought, but friendship is better. 3. I do not doubt that the enemy will advance with great spirit. 4. Since the enemy have begun to build {make) a wall, we must go out against them. 5. You say that you have come to seek peace, but peace must not be made unless you give up (your) arms. 6. Caesar explains in the first book with what great (how great) peoples he had to fight (it was to be fought by him). 7. When the general perceived the shields of the enemy in the wood, he understood that he must go out to fight. 8. Not even his enemies doubt that Caesar will conquer the Gauls. 9. We must throw all our shields together in (to) one place, but must retain our swords in our hands. 10. You must not go out; for your father ordered you to remain at home. 393. READING LESSON. [C^SAR, Gallic War, Book 1.64.] Hoc proelio trans Rhenum nuntiato Suebl (Suebi, a German tribe) qui ad ripas RhenI venerant, domum re- PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. ^ , 19T verti coeperunt, quos Ubil (another tribe), qui proximi Rhenum^ incolunt, territos secuti, magnum ex his nu- merum occlderunt. Caesar, una aestate duobus maximis bellis confectis, maturius paulo (a little) quam tempus anni postulabat in hiberna in Sequanos exercitum deduxit (led away) ; hibernis Labienum praeposuit ; ipse in citeri- orem {nearer^) Galliam ad conventtis {circuit courts^) agendos profectus est. 1 Rhenum : the accusative is often used after proximus. 2 Nearer, or Hither Gaul was Gaul nearer Rome; i.e. the northern part of what is now Italy. 3 Caesar was governor of Gaul, and holding courts was one of his duties. i 1 ' SELECTIONS FOR SIGHT-READING. [WordB not in the vocabularies are given in the foot-notes.] 394. Respect to Age. Lysander ^ Lacedaemonius ^ hoc dixisse dicitur : " Lace- daemone^ optirae vivere possunt senes. Nusquam'' enim^ tantam liabent auctoritatem." Athenis olim*' Itidis^ in- stittitis^ quidam in theatrum^ senex venit, nee ei locus datus est a suis civibus; tum^*^ ad legatos Lacedaemonios accessit^^; lil autem omnes consurrexere^^ et sen! locum dederunt. Hoc factum ^^ probantibus ^'^ Atheniensibus/^ unus e legatis^'^ dixit, "Athenienses sciunt quidem recta ^^ \ facere, sed facere nolunt. 1 Lysander, a man's name. 2 LacedsBrfionian. ^ At Lacedsemon. 4 Nowhere. 5 ^or (conj., postpositive). 6 Once upon a time. "> Games. § Perf. part, of instituo, arrange, put in order. Here ludis instittitis, when a i:tlay was to he given. ^ Theatre. i" Then. ^^ Approached. '^'^ Rose up at once. ^^ Act. ^^ Approving (i)Tes. part, of prob5, 1) . is The Athenians. is instead of the partitive genitive, the abl. with e or ex may be used. 1^ Right (n. pi.). 395. A Retort. Venit olim^ quidam ad Aristippum philosophum^ ei- que dixit : " Yisne f Ilium meum artes tuas docere ^ ? " Respondit Aristippus : "Hoc equidem'* faciam acceptis'' duobus talentis.*"' Pater autem pretio'' territus, dixit: 199 200 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. ''At servura minoris* emere^ possum." Contra^^ Aris- tippus, "Fac" hoc: ita duos servos habebis." i Once. 2 Philosopher. 3 Teach. •* Certainly. ^ Perf. part, qf accipio, receive. ^ Talents, a sum of money. ' Price. ^ For less (genitive, denoting an indefinite price). '^ Buy. ^^ In reply, ii Imper- ative of facio. 396. An Honorable People. - Themistocles ^ olim^ pugna navali^ victis Persis'* Athe- nls apud concionem* dixit : " Consilium in animo habeo : hoc utile ^ relpublicae erit, celarl tamen oportet.^ Uni e prlmoribus^ rem dicere volo." Aristldes^ ad hoc munus^*' delectus est. Huic dixit Themistocles : " Lacedaemonio- rum classis" in ancoris*^ in portu est. Hanc clam^^ incendere^'' poterimus. Ita illorum potestas navalis^ delebitur.^^" His auditis Aristides reversus apud con- cionem ^ dixit : " Themistoclis consilium utile quidem, sed minime^^ honestum" est." Itaque Athenienses ne audltum quidem consilium spreverunt.^^ 1 An Athenian statesman. 2 Once. ^ Naval. ^ Persians. 5 Assembly. 6 Useful. "i Must, is necessary. 8 The chief men. Instead of a partitive genitive, the abl. with e is used. ^ A prominent Athenian. lo Duty. n Fleet. 12 Anchors. Here in ancoris, at anchor. i3 Secretly. 1* Set on fire. i5 Deleo, 2, destroy. 16 Not at all. iJ" Honorable. is Rejected. 397. The Ass and the Wolf. Ad asinum^ gravi morbo^ aegrum^ socil venerunt, ut quid ageret^ viderent. Inter alios lupus ^ quoque^ venit. Qui cum corpus eius tangeret/ et interrogavisset,* quae corporis partes maxime dolerent, asinus respondit : " Eae partes corporis maxime dolent, quas tu tangis.^ " ^ Ass. ^Disease. ^ Sick. ^What heioasdoinfj,i.e.how hedid. 6 Wolf. 6 Also. 7 Touched (tango, -ere, tetig-i, tactum). « Had asked. SELECTIONS FOR SIGHT-READING. 201 398. The Lion^s Share. Cum leo^ venatum^ Tret, socii eius erant canis^ et lupus.'* Leo cum partes praedae^ aequales^ factae essent, ita locti- tus est^: "Primam partem capio, quia*^ rex vester sum; secundam, quia^ fortis sum mihi dabitis ; tertiam qui^ tetigerit ^^ me inimicum sibi habebit. Ita leo totam prae- dam^ solus abstulit." Haec fabula docet, quam^^ pericu- losum ^^ sit societates " cum potentioribus inire.^^ 1 Lion. 2 To hunt (supine of venor, 1, dep.). » Dog. ■* Wolf. ^ Booty. ^ Equal. ''Spoke (loquor, loqui, locutus sum). 8 Because. ^ Whoever. i" From tango, touch. ^^ Took aioay [aufero, auferre, abstuli, ablatum, (ab + fero)]. ^^ How. 13 Dangerous. ^^ Alliances. is Enter into (in + eo). 399. Julius Ccesar. [Adapted from Eutropius, Book VI. 17-25.] 1. Anno urbis conditae^ sescentesimo nonagesimo tertio Gains Iidius Caesar, qui postea^ imperavit^ cum Lucio Bibulo'^ consul est f actus. Is primo'^ vicit Helvetios, qui nunc SequanI appellantur, deinde^ vincendo per bella gravissima usque ad^ Oceanum Britannicum^ processit.' Domuit^" autem annis novem fere omnem Galliam, quae inter Alpes, flumen Rhodanum, Rhenum et Oceanum est. Britannls mox^^ bellum intulit, quibus ante eum ne nomen quidem Romanorum cognitum erat, et eos quoque^^ victos obsidibus acceptis^^ stipendiaries ^* fecit. Galliae autem tributum^^ imperavit, Germanosque niultis proelils vIcit. 1 In the year of the founded city, i.e. since the foundation of the city. Rome was founded B.C. 753. ^ Afterioards. ^ Was emperor. 4 The Romans elected two consuls annually. ^ First, i.e. at first. 6 Next. ' Usque ad, even to, as far as. ^ The British Ocean, now called the North Sea. 9 Advanced. 1° Subdued. " Presently. 12 Also. 13 Perf . part, of accipio, receive, i^ Tributaries, is Tribute. 202 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 2. Hinc^ iam bellum civile^ successit^ quo populi Eomani fortima mutata* est. Caesar enim^ rediens ex Gallia victor coepit poscere^ alterum^ consulatum.^ Contradictum est^ a Marcello consule, a Bibulo, a Pom- peio, a Catone, iiissusque ^^ dimissis exercitibus ad urbem redire. Propter quam " iniiiriam ab Arimino,^^ ubi mili- tes suos habebat, adversum ^^ patriam cum exercitu venit. Consnles cum Pompeio senatusque omnis atque universa^^ nobilitas^^ ex urbe fugit et in Graeciam transiit. Ibi Pompeio duce senatus contra Caesarem bellum paravit. 1 Hence. 2 Civil. ^ Succeeded, followed. •* Changed. 5 For (couj., postpositive). ^ To demand. '' A second. ^Consulship. 9 It loas spoken against, i.e. opposition was made. i" Supply Caesar and est. ii The relative is often used in Latin where we use a demonstrative. 12 From, about Ariminum, a place in Northern Italy. 13 Against. ^^ Entire. ^^ Nobility. 3. Caesar vacuam.^ urbem ingressus^ dictatorem^ se fecit. Inde'^ Hispanias^ petiit. Ibi Pompei exercitus validissimos^ et fortissimos cum tribus ducibus superavit. Inde* regressus^ in Graeciam transiit, adversum^ Pom- peium dimicavit.^ Primo proelio victus est et fugatus/*' evasit" tamen quia^^ nocte interveniente ^^ Pompeius se- qul noluit, dixitque Caesar, nee Pompeium scire vincere, et illo tantum" die se potuisse superarT. Deinde^^ in Thessalia apud Pharsalum^^ ingentibus copils dimica- verunt.^ 1 Empty, i.e. with the senate and nobility gone. ^ Having entered (perf. part, of ingredior). 3 Dictator. ^ Thence. ^ Spain was divided into two provinces by the Romans, hence the plural. . ^ Superl. of validus, strong. "^Having returned (perf. part, of regredior). 8 Against. » Fought. ^ Put to flight (from tngo, 1). n Escaped (from evado). 12 Because. ^3 From intervenio, come between, intervene. !■* Only. i^ jHext. ^6 Near Pharsalus in Thessaly. SELECTIONS FOR SIGHT-BEADING. 203 4. Nunquam^ Romanae copiae neque maiores neque melioribus ducibus conveiieraiit. Pugnatum est diu et acriter, victusqiie ad postremum^ Pompeius^ et castra eius direpta^ sunt. Ipse fugatus" Alexandrlam^ petiit, ut a rege Aegypti, cul tutor ^ a senatu datus fuerat prop- ter iuvenilem^ eius aetatem,^ acciperet^" auxilia. Qui fortunara magis quam amicitiam secutus" occldit Pom- peium, caput eius et anulum^ Caesari misit. Quo con- specto Caesar lacrimas ^^ fudisse '^ dicitur. 1 Never. After this, neque . . . neque must be rendered by either . . .or. ^ At last. ^ Supply est. ■^ Plundered (from diripio), 5 Put to flight (from fugo, 1). 6 Alexandria, a large seaport in Egypt. ' Guardian. 8 Youth/ ul, juvenile. ^ Ac/e. i" From accipio (ad + capio), receive. ^^ Folloioing, i.e. paying respect to. 12 jUng, a seal ring, to prove his identity. i3 Tears. ^^ Perf. inf. of fundo, -ere, fudi, fusum, jjour, here shed. 5. Mox^ Caesar Alexandriam venit. Ipsi^ quoque^ Ptolemaeus"* parare voluit Insidias,^ qua causa regi hel- ium illatum est. Eo victo Caesar Alexandria potitus regnum Cleopatrae dedit, Ptolemaei sororT. Inde^ rediens Caesar Pharnacem'' qui multas populi Roman! provin- cias occupabat, proelio vicit, et ad mortem coegit. Inde^ Romam regressus^ tertio^ se consulem fecit. Inde^ in Africam profectus est, ubi multi nobiles, quorum duces prlncipes erant rel ptiblicae, bellum reparaverant.^" Con- tra hos commisso proelio victor fuit Caesar. Duces eorum aut ipsi se occiderunt aut a Caesare interfecti sunt. 1 Presently. 2 Supply Caesari, against Csesar himself. ^ Also. * The king of Egypt mentioned above. 5 Treachery, i.e. he wished to murder him. 6 a. king of Pontus. " Thence. ^ Having returned (from regredior). » For the third time. 10 jj^d renewed [from reparo (re + par6)]. 204 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 6. Post annum Caesar Romam regressus^ quarto^ se consulem fecit et statim^ ad Hispanias est profectus, ubi Pompei filios, Gnaeum et Sextum, qui ingens bellum reparaverant/ apud Mundam civitatem magno proelio superavit. Ex Pompei filils maior occTsus est, minor fugit. Inde^ Caesar bellis civilibus^ toto orbe^ com- positis^ Romam rediit. Agere msolentius® coepit et contra consuetudinem ^° Romanae libertatis." Haec cum dititius ferre non possent coniurationem ^^ in eum fece- runt multi senatores^^ equitesque^* RomanT. Principes fuerunt inter coniuratos'^ duo BrutI, ex eo genere^^ BrutT, qui primus Romae consul f uerat et reges expulerat/'' Gains Cassius et Servilius Casca. Ergo^^ Caesar, cum senatus die inter ceteros^^ venisset ad curiam,^ vigintl tribus vul- neribus confossus est.^^ '^Having returned. "^ For the fourth time. ^Immediately. ^Had renewed. * Thence, then. ^ Civil. ' World (orb of the earth). 8 p^t to rest, finished (con + pono), 9 More arrogantly . 10 Custom, i.e. contrary to the free institutions of the Romans. ii Lib- erty. 12 Consinracy. i^ Senators. i^ Knights. i^ Conspirators. 16 Family. i"^ Had driven out. is Therefore, so. i^ The rest. 20 The senate house. 21 jy^ig pierced, stabbed to death. REGULAR VERBS First Coiijiig-ation. • f? 400, Principal Parts : Amo, amare, amavi, amatum. Stem : ama-. Indicative. Active Voice. Passive Voice. Present. I love, am loving, do love, etc. / am loved, etc. amo amamus amor amamur amas amatis amaris oi' -re ama mini amj amat amant amatur amantur Imperfect. I loved, was loving, did love, etc. / was loved, etc. amabam amabamus amabar amabamur amabas amabatis amabat amabant amabaris or-re amabamini amabatur amabantur I shall love, etc. amabo amabimus amabis amabitis amabit amabunt Future. I shall be loved, etc. amabor amabimur amaberis or -re amabimini amabitur amabuntur Perfect. I have loved, I loved, etc. amavi amavimus amavisti amAvis'tis am^vit amaverunt or' I have been (was) loved, etc. r sum r sumus amatus j es amati } estis -re I est i sunt 205 206 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Active Voice. I had loved, etc. amaveram amaveramus amaveras amaveratis amaverat amaverant Passive Voice. Pluperfect. I had been loved, etc. {eram r erainus eras amati-^ eratis erat I erant Future Perfect. I shall have loved, etc. I shall have been loved, etc. amavero araaverimus /^ ero rerimus amaveris amaveritis amatus \ eris amati \ eritis amaverit amaverint lerit lerunt Subjunctive} Present. amem amemus amer amemur ames ametis ameris or -re amemini amet ameiit ametur Imperfect. amentur amarem amaremus amarer amaremur amares amaretis amareris or -re amaremini amaret amarent amaretur Perfect. amarentur amaverim amaverimus rsim ' siinus amaveris amaveritis amatus-^ sis amati \ sitis amaverit amaverint Uit sint Pluperfect. 4 amavissem amavissemus r essem r essemus amavisses amavissetis amatus \ esses amati \ essetis amavisset amavissent I esset i essent 1 No satisfactory translation for the subjunctive can be given in the paradigms. It must be learned from the exercises illustrating the uses of the subjunctive. REGULAR VERBS. 207 Active Voice. ama, love thou. amate, love ye. amato, thou shalt love. amato, he shall love. amatote, you shall love. amanto, they shall love. Passive Voice. Imperative. Present. amare, be thou loved. amamini, be ye loved. Future. amator, thou shalt be loved. amator, he shall be loved. • amantor, they shall be loved. Infinitive. Pres. amare, to love. amari, to be loved. Perf. amavisse, to have loved. amatus esse, to have been loved. FuT. amatiirus esse, to be amatum iri, to be about to be about to love. loved. Participles. Pres. amans, -antis, loving. FuT. amatnrus, -a, -um, about to love. Perf. amatus, -a, -um, having been loved. Gerund. G. amandi, of loving. D. amando, for loving. Ac. amandum, loving. Ab. amando, by loving. Gerundive. amandus, -a, -um, to be loved. Ac. Ab. Supine. amatum, to love. amatu, to love. 208 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 401. Second Conjugation. Principal Parts : habeo, habere, habui, habitum, have, hold} Stem: habe-. Active Voice. / hold^ etc. habeo habemus habes habetis habet habent Indicative. Passive Voice. Present. I am held, etc. habeor habemur haberis or -re habemini habetur habentur Imperfect. / held, was holding, etc. I was held, etc. habebain habebamus habebar habebamur habebas habebatls habebaris or -re liabebamini habebat habebant habebatur habebantur I shall hold, etc. habebo habebimus habebis habebitis habebit habebunt Future. / shall be held, etc. habebor habebimur habeberis or -re habebimini habebitur habebuntur Perfect. I have held, etc. / have been held, etc, habui habuimus habuisti habuistis habuit habuerunt or -re {sum f sumus es habiti-j estis est V sun , 1 The meaning have is the more common, but hold is hetter adapted to the paradigm. REGULAR VERBS. 209 Active Voice. Passive Voice. Pluperfect. I had held, etc. / had been held, etc. habueram habuera m ii s f eram t eramus habueras liabueratis habitus J eras habiti-j eratis habuerat liabuerant I erat v erant Future Perfect. / shall have held, etc. / shall have been held, etc. liabuero habuerimus r ero reriinus habueris habueritis habitus^ eris habiti^ eritis habuerit habuerint lerit verunt habeam habeamus habeas habeatis habeat habeant Siibjunctive. Present. habear habeamup habearis or -re habeamini habeatur habeantur haberem haberemus haberes haberetis haberet haberent Imperfect. haberer haberemup habereris or-re haberemini haberet ur haberentur habuerim habuerimus habueris habueritis habuerit habuerint Perfect. {sini sis sit {simus sitis sint Pluperfect. habuissem habu^ssemus habuisses habuissetis habuisset habuissent {essem r essemus esses habiti-( essetis esset V essent 210 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Active Voice. habe, hold thou. habete, hold ye. habeto, thou shalt hold. habeto, he shall hold. habetote. you shall hold. habento, they shall hold. Passive Voice. Imperative. Present. habere, he thou held. habemini, be ye held. Future. habetor, thou shalt be held. habetor, he shall be held. habentor, they shall be held. Infinitive. Pres. habere, to hold. haberi, to be held. Perf. habuisse, to have held. habitus esse, to have been held. FuT. habitorus esse, to be habitum iri, to be about to be about to hold. held. Participles. Pres. habens, -entis, holding. , Perf. habitus, -a, -um, having FuT. habiturus, -a, -um, about been held, to hold. Gerund. G. habendi, of holding. D. habendo, for holding. Ac. habendum, holding. Ab. habendo, hij holding. Gerundive. habendus, -a, -um, to be held. Ac. Ab. Supine. habitum, to hold. habitu, to hold. REGULAR VERBS. 211 Third Conjug-ation. 4;02« Principal Parts : Dnco, dficere, dfixi, ductum. ^ Stem: duc6. Indicative. Active Voice. Passive Voice. Present. / lead^ am leading^ etc. / am led, etc. duco ducimus ducor duciinur ducis ducitis duceris or -re ducimiiii ducit ducunt ducitur ducuntur Imperfect. I led, teas leading, etc. / was led, was being led, etc. ducebam ducebamus ducebar ducebamur ducebas ducebatis ducebaris or -re ducebamini ducebat ducebant ducebatur ducebantur Future. / shall lead, etc. ducam ducemus duces ducetis ducet ducent I led, have led, etc. duxi dilximus duxistT duxistis duxit duxerunt or -re / shall be led, etc. ducar ducemur duceris or -re ducemini ducetur ducent ur Perfect. I was led, have been led, etc. ( sum f suinus ductus \ es ducti } estis I est I sunt 212 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Active Voice. I had led, etc. duxeram duxeramus dfixeras duxeratis duxerat duxerant Pluperfect. Passive Voice. / had been led, etc. {eraiii eras erat {eramus eratis erant Future Perfect. / shall have led, etc. / shall have been led, etc. diixero duxerimus rero r erimiis duxeris duxeritis ductus } eris ducti } eritis duxerit duxerint .erit Subjunctive. Present. I erunt ducam ducamus ducar ducamur ducas ducatis ducaris or -re ducamini ducat ducant dticatur Imperfect. ducantur ducerem duceremus ducerer duceremur duceres duceretis ducereris or -re duceremini duceret ducerent duceretur Perfect. ducereutur duxerim duxerimus r sim r simus duxeris duxeritis ductus-^ sis ducti -1 sitis duxerit duxerint sit Pluperfect. i sint duxissem duxissemus essem f essemus duxisses duxissetis ductus } esses ducti } essetis duxlsset duxissent . esset i essent REGULAR VERBS. 213 Active Voice. duc(e),i lead thou. ducite, lead ye. ducito, thou shalt lead. ducito, he shall lead. dticitote, ye shall lead. ducunto, they shall lead. Passive Voice. Imperative. Present. ducere, he thou led. ducimini, he ye led. Future. ducitor, thou shalt be led. ducitor, he shall he led. ducuntor, they shall he led. Infinitive. Pres. ducere, to lead. duci, to he led. Perf. duxisse, to have led. ductus esse, to have been led. FuT. ducturus esse, to he ductum iri, to be about to he about to lead. led. Participles. Pres. ducens, -entis, leading. FuT. ducturus, -a, -um, about to lead. • Gerund. G. ducendi, of leading. D. ducendo, for leading. Ac. ducendum, leading. Ab. ducendo, by leading. Supine. Ac. ductum, to lead. Ab. ductu, to lead. Perf. ductus, -a, -um, having been led. Gerundive. dticendus, -a, -um, to be led. 1 Duce would be the regular form, but the imperatives of duco, dico, facio, and fero lose the ending -e. 214 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Fourth Conjugation. 403. Principal Parts : Audio, audire, audivi, auditum. Stem: audi. Indicative. Active Voice. Passive Voice. Present. Ihear, am hearing, do hear, etc. / am heard, etc. audio audiinus audior audimur audis audit auditis audiunt audiris or -re audimini auditur audiuntur Imperfect. / heard, was hearing, did hear, etc. / ims heard, etc. audiebam audiebainus audiebar audiebamnr audiebas audiebatis audiebaris or-re audiebami audiebat audiebant audiebatur audiebanti Future. I shall hear, etc. / shall be heard, etc. audlam audiemus audiar audiemur audies audietis audieris audiemini audiet audient audietur audientur Perfect. I have heard, I heard, etc. I have been (was) heard, etc. audivi audivimus r sum r sumus audivisti audivlstis auditus-^ es audlvit audiverunt or-re ^est auditi-^ estis i sunt REGULAR VERBS. 215 Active Voice. Passive Voice. Pluperfect. ^ I had heard, etc. I had been heard, etc. audiveram audiVeramus reram /-eramus audlveras aiidiveratis audltus \ eras auditi \ eratis audiverat audlverant lerat lerant Future Perfect. / shall have heard, etc. I shall have been heard, etc. aiidivero audlverlmus rero rerimus audiveris audlveritis auditus^ oris auditi J eritis audiverit audiverint lerit lerunt Suhjmictive. Present. aiidiam audiamus audiar- ^ audiamur audias audiatis audiaris or -re audiamini audiat audiant audiatur audiantur audirem aiidiremus audires audiretis audiret audirent Imperfect. audirer audiremur audireris or -re audiremini audiretur audirentur audiverim audlverlmus audiveris audlveritis audiverit audiverint Perfect. {sim SIS sit {simus sitis sint Pluperfect. audivissem audivisseinus audivisses audivissetis audivisset audivissent audltus \ esses i. asset f litl-^ esseinus auditl-l essetis V esseut 'CTbraTv* 216 A FIE ST BOOK IN LATIN. Active Voice. audi, hear thou. audite, hear ye. aiidito, thou shall hear. aiidito, he shall hear. aiiditote, ye shall hear. audiunto, they shall hear. Passive Voice. Imperative. Present, audire, be thou heard. audiiuiui, be ye heard. Future. auditor, thou shall be heard. auditor, he shall be heard. audiuntor, they shall be heard. Infinitive. Pres. audire, to hear. audiri, to be heard. Perf. audivisse, to have heard. auditus essie, to have been heard. FuT. auditurus esse,' to be auditum iri, to be about to be about to hear. heard. Participles. Pres. audiens, -entis, hearing. FuT. auditurus, -a, -um, about to hear. Perf. auditus, -a, -um, heard, having been heard. Gerund. G. audiendi, of hearing. D. audiendo, for hearing. Ag. audiendum, hearing. Ab. audiendo, by hearing. Gerundive. audiendus, -a, -um, to be heard. Ac. Ab. Supine^ auditum, to hear. audita, to hear. REGULAR VERBS. 217 Third Coiijug-ation: Verbs in -io. 404. Verbs of the third conjugation in -id have some forms of the present stem like the fourth conjugation. Before a, o, u, and e they retain the i of the stem, but lose it elsewhere, except in the gerund and participle. Principal Parts : Capio, capere, cepi, captum. Stem: capi. Indicative. Active Voice. Passive Voice. Present. / take, am taking, do take, etq. I am taken, etc. capio capimus capior capimur capis capitis caperis or -re capimini capit capiunt capitur capiuntur Imperfect. I took, was taking, did take, etc. I was taken, etc. \ capiebam, etc. ^ capiebar, etc. Future. / shall take, etc. / shall be taken, etc. capiam capiemus capiar capiemur capies capietis capieris or -re capiemini capiet capient capietur capientur Perfect. / have taken, took, etc. / have been (was) taken, etc. cepi, etc. captus sum, etc. 218 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Active Voice. / had taken, etc. ceperam, etc. Passive Voice. Pluperfect. / had been taken, etc. captus eram, etc. Future Perfect. / shall have taken, etc. / shall have been taken, etc. cepero, etc. captus ero, etc. Subjunctive. Present. capiam capiamus capiar capiamur capias capiatis capiaris or -re capiamini capiat capiant capiatur capiantur caperein, etc. ceperim, etc. cepissem, etc. Imperfect. caperer, etc. Perfect. captus sim, etc. Pluperfect. captus essem, etc. cape, take (thou). capite, take (ye). capito, thou shalt take. caplto, he shall take. capltote, ye shall take. capiunto, they shall take. Imperative. Present. capere, be (thou) taken. capimini, be (ye) taken. Future. capitor, thou shall be taken. capitor, he shall be taken. capiuntor, they shall be taken. REGULAR VERBS. 219 Active Voice. Passive Voice. Infinitive. Pkes. capere, to take. capi, to he taken. Perf. cepisse, to have taken. captus esse, to have been taken. FuT. capturus esse, io6ea&owi captum iri, to he about to be to take. taken. Participles. Pres. capiens, -ientis, taking. Perf. captus, -a, -um, taken, FuT. captarus, -a, -um, about having been taken, to take. Gerund. Gerundive. G. capiendi, of taking. oapiendus, -a, -um, to be taken. D. capiendo, for taking. Ac. capiendum, taking. Ab. capiendo, by taking. Supine. Ac. captum, to take. Ab. captu, to take. IRREGULAR VERBS. 405. Principal Parts : Sum, esse, fui. Indicative. Present. 7 am, etc. sum sumus es estis est sunt Future. I shall he, etc. ero erimus eris eritis erit erunt Imperfect. / was, etc. eram eramus eras eratis erat erant Perfect. I was, have been, etc. fui fuimus fulsti fuistis fuit fuerunt or -ere Pluperfect. I had been, etc. fueram fueramiis fueras fueratis fuerat fuerant Future Perfect. I shall have been, etc. fuero fuerimus fueris fuerit fueritis fuerint Present. sim SIS sit simus sTtis sint Subjunctive. esset 221 Imperfect. essemus ' essetis essent 222 A FIRST BOOK JN LATIN. Perfect. fuerim fuerimus fueris fueritis fuerit fuerint Pluperfect. fuissem fuissemus fuisses fuissetis fuisset fuissent es, be thou. esto, thou Shalt be. esto, he shall be. Imperative. Present. este, be ye. Future. estote, you shall be. sunto, they shall be. Pres. esse, to be rfut I fore. Infinitive. Perf. fuisse, to have been. Fdt. i^''^^^''^^^^^^] to be about to be. Participle. Put. futorus, -a, -um, about to be. Compounds of Sum. 406. Principal Parts : Possum, posse, potui, be able. Indicative. Present. possum possumus potes potestis potest possunt Subjunctive. Present. possmi possis possit possimus possitis possint IRREGULAR VERBS. 223 Imperfect. poteram poteramus poteras poteratis poterat poterant potero potui Future. Perfect. Pluperfect. potueram Future Perfect. potuero Pres. posse Imperfect. possem possemus posses possetls posset possent Perfect. potuerim Pluperfect. potuissem Infinitive. Perf. potuisse Participle. Pres. potens, -entis 407. Principal Parts : Prosum, prodesse, profui, he profitable. Indicative. Subjunctive. Present. Present, prosum prosumus prosim prosTmus prodes prodestis prosis prositis prodest prosunt prosit prosint Imperfect. Imperfect. proderain prodessem Future. prodero 224 A PIEST BOOK IN LATIN. Perfect. profui Pluperfect. profueram Future Perfect. profuero Present. prSdes prodeste Imperative. Perfect. profuerim Pluperfect. prdfuissem Future. prodesto prodestote Infinitive. Pees, prodesse Perf. profuisse FuT. profuturus esse Participle. FuT. profuturus, -a, -urn 408. Principal Parts : Volo, velle, volui, he willing, wish. Nolo, nolle, nolui, be unwilling. Malo, malle, malui, be more willing, prefer. Indicative. Pres. volo nolo malo vis non VIS mavis vult non vult mavult volumus nolumus malumus vultis n5n vultis maviiltis volunt nolunt malunt Imperf. volebam nolebam malebam FuT. volam nolam malam IRREGULAR VERBS. ■ 2^^ RSIi Perf. volui nolui malul Plup. volueram nolueram malueram FuT. Pekf. voluero noluero maluero Subjunctive. Pres. velim nolim malim veils noils malls velit nolit malit vellmus nolimus malimus velitis nolitis malitis velint nolint malint Imperf. vellem nollem malleni velles nolles malles vellet nollet mallet vellemus nollemus mallemus velletis nolletis malletis vellent nollent mallent Perf. voluerim noluerim maluerim Plup. voluissem noluissem maluissem Imperative. Pres. noli nollte FuT. nolito, etc. Infinitive. Pres. velle nolle malle Perf. voluisse noluisse Participle. maluisse Pres. volens nolens 226 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. 409. Principal Parts : Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, hear, carry. Active. Passive. \ Pees. / fero fers fert Indicative. ferimus fertis ferunt feror f erris or -re fertur ferimur ferimin! feruntur Imperf. ferebam ferebar Put. feram ferar Perf. tuli latus sum Plup. tuleram latus eram FuT. Perf . tulero latus ero Pres. feram Subjunctive. ferar Imperf. ferrem ferrer Perf. tulerim latus sim Plup. tulissem Imperative. latus essem Pres. feri ferte ferre ferimini Put. ferto ferto fertote ferunto fertor fertor feruntor Pres. ferre Infinitive. ferri Perf. tulisse , latus esse Put. laturus esse latum iri Pres. ferens Participles. Perf. latus Put. laturus 1 See 394, note on imperative. IRREGULAR VERBS. 227 Gerund. G. ferendi D. ferendo Ac. ferendum Ab. ferendo Supine. Ac. latum Ab. lata Gerundive. ferendus 410. Principal Parts : Eo, ire, ii or ivi, itum, gro. Fio, fieri, factus sum, he made, become. Indicative, Pres. eo imus fio fimus Is itis fis fitis it eunt fit fiunt Imperf. ibam fiebami^ Fdt. ibo fiam Perf. ii (!vl) factus sum Plup. ieram factus eram FuT. Perf. ier5 factus er5 Pres. earn Subjunctive. flam Impbrp. irem fierem Perf. ierim (iverim) factus sim Plup. issem (ivissem, iissem) factus essem Imperative. Pres. i ite fi fite FuT. ito itote fito fitate ito eunto fito fiunto 228 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. Infinitive. Pres. ire fieri Perf. isse (ivisse, iisse) factus esse Fgt. iturus esse Participles. factum iri Pres. iens, Gen. euntis Perf. factus FCT. iturus Gerund.^ Gerundive. G. eundi Ac. eundum faciendus D. eundo Ab. eundo Supine. Ac. itum Ab. itu 1 The gerundive of eo occurs in the neuter, eundum. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY, ABBREVIATIONS. abl. = ablative. indef. = indefinite. ace. = accusative. interr = interrogative. adj. = adjective. m. = masculine. adv. = adverb. n. = neuter. c. = common gender. pass. = passive. cf. = compare. part. = participle. comp. = comparative. per/. = perfect. dat. = dative. pi. = plural. dem. = demonstrative. pron. = pronoun. dep. = deponent. rel. = relative. /• = feminine. sing. = singular. gen. = genitive. subst. = substantive. indecl = indeclinable. conj. = conjunction. a, ab, prep. icitJi ahh, from, by. absuin, -esse, afui, afuturus, be absent, be away, be dis- tant. ac (atque), conj., and. accido, -cidere, -cidi, fall upon, happen. acciiso, -are, -avi, -atum, ac- cuse, chide. acer, acris, acre, adj., sharp, active. acies, -ei,/., line of battle. acriter, adv., sharply. ad, prep, with ace, to, toward. adduco, -ducere, -duxi, -due- turn, lead to, induce. adhibeo, -bibere, -hibui, -hibi- tiim, have present, call in. adsum, -esse, -fui, -fiiturus, be present, assist. adulescens, -entis, m., youth, young man, adventus, -us, m., arrival. ad versus, -a, -um, (part, of adverto), adj., adverse, un- favorable. Aedui, -oruin, in., the Aeduans, a Gallic tribe. aestas, -tatis, /., summer. ager, agri, m. , field, country. aginen, -minis, n., line of march. agricola, -ae, m., farmer. ago, agere, egi, actum, drive, do, act. 229 230 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. ala, -ae, /., wing. ^ alb us, -a, -um, adj.^ white. alienus, -a, -um, adj.^ belonging to another, unfavorable. aliquis, -quae (-qua), -quid, {and aliqu!, -qua, -quod), indef. pron., somebody, some- thing. alius, -a, -ud, (gen. alius, dat. alii), adj., other, another; alius . . . alius, one . . . another. AUobroges, -um, m., AUobro- ges, a Gallic tribe. alter, -era, -erum, {gen. alte- rius, dat. alter!) , adj., one (of two), the other (0/ tivo). altitude, -inis, /., height, depth. altus, -a, -um, adj., high, deep. amicitia, -ae, /. , friendship. - amicus, -i, m., friend. amitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- sum (send away), let go, lose. -i amo, -are, -avi, -atum, love. angustiae, -arum, /. pL, nar- rows, narrowness. animadverto. -vertere, -verti, -versum, attend to, notice. animal, -alls, n., animal. animus, -i, m., spirit, courage, mind. annus, -i, m., year. ante, prep, with ace. ; also adv., before. antiquus, -a, -um, adj. , ancient, old. apertus, -a, -um, (part, of aperio), adj., open. appello, -are, -avi, -atum, call, name. apud, prep, with ace, near, among, with. • Vqua, -ae,/., water. aquila, -ae, /., eagle. arbitror, -ari, -atus sum, think, believe, judge. arbor, arboris, /., tree. Ariovistus, -i, m., Ariovistus, a German chieftain. arma, -orum, n. pi., arms, wea- pons. ars, artis, /., art. Athenae, -arum, /. pi., Athens. atque (ac), conj., and. auctoritas, -tatis, /., influence, authority. audeo, audere, ausus sum, (semi-dep.), dare. audio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, hear. autem, conj. (postpositive), but. auxilium, -i, n. , help, assistance, aid. B. barbarus, -a, -um, adj., barba- rian. Belgae, -arum, m. pi., Belgse, a division of the Gauls. Bellovaci, -orum, m. pi., Bello- vaci, a Gallic tribe. bellum, -i, n., war. Bibracte, -is, n., Bibracte, a town in Gaul. bonus, -a, -um, adj., good. brevis, -e, adj., short. Britannia, -ae, /., Britain. Britannus, -a, -um, adj., Brit- ish; masc. used as noun, Briton. Brutus, -i, m., Brutus, a Boman name. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 231 C. cado, cadere, cecldi, casum, fall. caedes, -is, /., slaughter. 'Caesar, -aris, ?n., Caesar. capio, capere, cepi, captum, take, capture. captivus, -i, m., captive, prisoner. caput, -itis, ?i., head. carmen, -minis, n., song, poem. carrus, -i, m., cart, wagon. Carthago, Carthaginis,/., Car- thage, a city in Africa. earns, -a, -um, adj., dear. Casticus, -1, 711., Casticus. castra, -orum, n. pi., camp. causa, -ae, /. , cause, reason ; abl. as prep, with gen., because o^", on account of, for the sake of. celer, -eris, -ere, adj., quick, rapid. celeritas, -tatis, /., quickness, speed. celeriter, adv., quickly. celo, -are, -avi, -atum, conceal, hide. centum, indecl. numeral adj., hundred. centurio, -onis, m., centurion, commander of one hundred men. certus, -a, -nva^adj., certain, sure. Cicero, -onis, m., Cicero, a Bo- man. circiter, adv., about. circumdo,-dare, -dedi, -datum, put around, surround. civis, -is, c, citizen. civitas, -tatis, /. , state. clamor, -oris, m., shout. clarus, -a, -um, adj., famous, renowned. coepi, -isse, (710 present) , began. cogito, -are, -avi, -atom, think, ponder. cognosce, -gnoscere, -gnovi, -gnitum, recognize ; inpe7fect, know. cogo, cogere, coegl, coactum, collect, compel, force. coliors, -hortis,/., cohort, c tenth part of a legion. collis, -is, m., hill. colloquium, -i, n., parley, con- ference. columba, -ae, /., dove. comes, -itis, c, companion. commeatus, -us, 7n. , supplies. committo, -mittere, -misi, -mis- sum, entrust; with proelium, engage in battle. commutatio, -onis,/., change. compleo, -plere, -plevi, -pie- turn, fill. concilium, -i, 71., meeting, coun- cil. confero, -ferre, contuli, coUa- tum, bring together, collect. conficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, finish (do up), wear out. confirmo, -are, -avi, -atum, assert ; also, strengthen, en- courage. conicio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum, throw together, hurl. Conor, -ari, -atus sum, try, endeavor. consido, -sidere, -sedl, -sessum, (sit together) , take a position, encamp. 232 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. consilium, -i, n., plan, counsel, advice. consisto, -sistere, -stiti, no supine, (stand together), stand one's ground, halt. conspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spec- turn, catch sight of, perceive, spy, see. constituo, -stituere, -stitui, -stitatum, arrange {one^s mind), decide, drav7 up (a?i army). consuesco, -suescere, -suevi, •suetum, accustom oneself, become accustomed, consul, -ulis, m., consul, head of the Boman republic. contends, -tendere, -tendi, -tentum, strive, hasten. contineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- turn, hold together, restrain. contra, prep, with ace, against. convenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- tum, come together, convene. convoco, -are, -avi, -atum, call together. copia, -ae, /., abundance, supply ; pi., forces of soldiers. Corinthus, -i, /., Corinth, a city in Greece. Cornelia, -ae, /., Cornelia, a Roman name. cornu, -us, n.,horn, wing {of an army) . corona, -ae, /., crown, garland. corpus, -oris, n., body. cottidianus, -a, -uin, adj., daily. cottidie, adv., daily. credo, credere, credidi, credi- tum, believe, trust. culpo, -are, -avi, -atum, blame. cum, prep, with abl., with, to- gether with. cum, cory., when, as, since, al- though. cur, adv., why ? euro, -are, -avi, -atum, take care, cause. curro, currere, cucurri, cur- sum, run. castos, -odis, c, guard, keeper. D. de,prep. with abl., about, concern- ing, of (in composition, from, away, down). debeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, owe, ought. decem, indecl. num. adj., ten. decimus, -a,,-um, adj., tenth. deditio, -onis,/., surrender. deduco, -ducere, -duxl, -duc- tum, lead away, withdraw. defendo, -fendere, -fendi, -fen- sum, protect, defend. defessus, -a, -um, adj., tired. delecto, -are, -avi, -atum, please, delight. delibero, -are, -avi, -atun», consider, deliberate. deligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, pick from, choose. demonstro, -are, -avi, -atum, show, demonstrate. desum, -esse, -fui, -futnrus, be away, fail. dexter, -ra, -rum, adj., right (hand, etc.). dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, say, tell. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 233 dies, diei, m. {sometimes f. in sing.), day. difflcilis, -e, adj., difficult. dignus, -a, -um, adj.., worthy. diligentia, -ae, /., diligence. dimitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- sum, send away, dismiss. dis-, inseparable prefix, apart ; cf. dimitto, disced©. discedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- sum, withdraw. - discipulus, -i, m., pupil. dissimilis, -e, adj., unlike, diu, adv., long, a long time ; comp. diutius, superl. dintis- sime. divide, -videre, -visi, -visum, separate, divide. Divitiacus, -i, m., Divitiacus, an Aeduan noble. "^ do, dare, dedi, datum, give. doleo, -ere, -ui, -itarus, grieve, be pained. dolor, -oris, w., grief, pain. domina, -ae, /., mistress. - dominus, -i, m., master. domus, -us, /., house, home. "^donum, -i, n., gift. dubito, -are, -avi , -atum, doubt, hesitate. dubius, -a, -um, adj., doubt- ful. ducenti, -ae, -a, num. adj., two hundred. duco, dficere, dnxi, ductum, lead. Dumnorix, -igis, m., Dumnorix, an Aeduan, brother of Diviti- acus. duo, -ae, -6, adj., two. dux, ducis, m., leader. E. e (ex), prep, with abl., out of, from. educo, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, lead out or away. eflfero, -ferre, extuli, elatum, bring or carry out, produce. efflcio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, accomplish, effect. ego, mei, pers.pron., I. egredior, egredi, egressus sum, go out, come out. eo, ire, ivi or ii, itum, go. eo, adv., thither, to that place. eodem, adv., to the same place. ^pistula, -ae, /., letter. eques, equitis, m., horseman; pi., cavalry. equitatus, -us, m., cavalry. equus, -i, m., horse. -Jet, conj., and; et . . . et, both . . . and. etiam, conj., even, also. ex (e), prep, with abl., out of, from. exeo, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itum, go out, go away. exercitus, -us, m., army. existimo, -are, -avi, -atum, think, judge. explorator, -toris, m., scout. expngno, -are, -avi, -atum, take by storm. exspecto, -are, -avi, -atum, wait for, expect. exterus {also exter), -a, -um, adj. , outer, outside, external ; — comp. exterior, outer; — su- perl. ex tremus, uttermost, last, farthest. 234 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. -' fabula, -ae, /., story, fable. facile, adv. (o/facilis), easily. facilis, -e, adj.^ easy. facio, facere, feci, factum, do, make. faveo, -ere, fSvi, faiitum, favor. femina, -ae,/., woman. fere, adv.^ almost. fero, ferre, tuli, latum, bear, carry, bring. fides, fidei, /., faith, confidence, pledge. - fidus, -a, -um, adj.., faithful. f ilia, -ae, /., daughter. filius, -i, m., son. finis, -is, m., end, border; pi., territory. finitimus, -a, -um, adj., neigh- boring (bordering on) ; masc. as noun, neighbor. ■^ fio, fieri, factus sum, be made, be done, happen, become. fluctus, -us, m., flood, waves. flumen, -inis, n., river. fortis, -e, adj., brave. fortiter, adv., bravely. for tuna, -ae, /., fortune. frater, fratris, m., brother. framentum, -i, n., grain. fruor, frui, fruitus and fructus sum, enjoy. '^ fuga, -ae, /., flight. f ugio, f ugere, f Qgi, f ugitum, flee. fungor, fungi, functus sum, perform. G. Galba, -ae, m., Galba, a Boman name. Gallia, -ae, /., Gaul, a country nearly the same as modern France. Gallicus, -a, -um, adj., Gallic. Gallus, -i, m., Gaul, an inhabi- tant of the country Gaul. Genava, -ae, /., Geneva, a town in Switzerland. genus, -eris, w., race, kind, sort. Germanus, -a, -um, adj., Ger- man ; masc. as noun, a Ger- man. gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, carry on, do ; bellum gerere, wage war. gladius, -i, m., sword. gracilis, -e, adj., slender. Graecia, -ae, /, , Greece. Graecus, -a, -um, adj., Greek. gratia, -ae, /., favor, influence. •^gratus, -a, -um, adj., pleasing, grateful. gravis, -e, adj. , heavy, severe. graviter, adv., heavily, deeply. H. habe5, habere, habui, habi- tum, have, hold. Hannibal, -is, m., Hannibal, a famous Carthaginian gen- eral. Helvetius, -i, m., Helvetian, of a Gallic tribe. hiberna, -orum, n. pi., winter quarters. hie, haec, hoc, dem. pron., this. hiemo, -are, -avi, -atum, winter, pass the winter. hiems, hiemis, /., winter. Homerus, -i, m., Homer, the Greek poet. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 235 hom5, hominis, m., man, human being. hora, -ae, /., hour. hortor, -ari, -atus sum, encour- age, urge, exhort. hortus, -i, m., garden. hostls, -is, m., enemy (m war). humanitas, -tatis, /., culture. humilis, -e, adj., lowly, humble. I (vowel). ibi, adv.^ there. idem, eadem, idemi, dem. pron., the same. idoneus, -a, -um, adj. , suitable. ignis, -is, m. , fire. ille, ilia, illud, dem. pi'on., that, that well known. impedimentum,-I,n.,hindrance; pi, baggage. _ impedio, -ire, -ivi,-itum, hinder, impede. imperator, -oris, m., general, commander-in-chief. imperium, -i, n., command, rule, power. impero, -are, -avi, -atiim, com- mand, order. impetus, -us, to., charge, attack, fury. in, prep, loith ace. and ahl.; 1. with ace, into, to, against ; 2. with abl., in, on. in-, negative prefix, un (as in- imicus = in -|- amicus, un- friend, enemy). incido, -cidere, -cidi, -casum, fall into, in with, or upon. incito, -are, -avi, -atum, urge on, arouse. incola, -ae, m., inhabitant. incolo, -colere, -colui, -cultum, inhabit, dwell in. incredibilis, -e, adj., incredible. infero, -ferre, intuli, illatum, bear into or against ; bellum inferre, wage offensive war. Inferus, -a, -um, adj., below, beneath ; — comp. inferior, lower, interior; — superl. in- fimus or imus, lowest (at the bottom of). ingens, -gentis, adj., huge, vast. inimicus, i, m., enemy (as a private person). initium, -i, n., beginning. ininria, -ae, /., wrong. inopia, -ae, /., want. instruo.-struere, -struxi, -struc- tum, draw up, form. insula, -ae,/., island. Intellego, -ere, -lexi, -lectum, understand. inter, prep, with ace, between, among. interficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, kill. ipse, -a, -um, intensive pron., my-, your-, him-, etc., self. is, ea, id, dem. pron., that. iste, ista, istud, dem. pron. , that (of yours). ita, adv., so, thus. Italia, -ae,/., Italy. iter, itiueris, n., road, route, journey, march. I (consonant). iacio, iacere, ieci, lactum, throw, hurl. 236 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. iam, adv., already, now. iubeo, iubere, iassi, iussum, ^^ order, command. ~^ index, iudicis, m., judge. "^ IuIia,-ae,/.,Julia, a i?o?waw name. iunior, -ius, adj.., (comp. of iuvenis, young, contracted for iuvenior), younger. lura, -ae, m., the Jura mountains, in Switzerland. ius, iuris, n., right, law. ias-iarandum, iarisiurandi, n., oath. iSstus, -a, -um, adj., just. iuvenis, -e, adj., young; as a noun, young man. iuvo, iuvare, iuvi, in turn, aid, help, assist. Liabienus, -i, w., Labienus, one of Caisar''s lieutenants. labor, -oris, m., toil, labor. laboro, -are, -avi, -atum, toil, labor. laetus, -a, -um, adj., glad, gay. lapis, lapidis, m., stone. latitado, -dinis, /., width, breadth. -^^ latus, -a, -um, adj., wide, broad. laudo, -are, -avi, -atum, praise. legatus, -i, m., lieutenant, envoy. legio, -onis,/., legion, a division of the Roman army. ;/ lego, legere, legi, lectum, read {also gather). lex, legis, /., law. libenter, adv., gladly. J liber, -bri, m., book. liber, -era, -erum, adj., free. \ liberi, -orum, m. pi., of liber, children. _libero, -are, -avi, -atum, set free. lingua, -ae, /., tongue, language. litus, litoris, n., shore. locus, -i, m., (pZ. loca, w.), place. longe, adv., far. longitado, -dinis, /., length. longus, -a, -um, adj., long. lax, lucis, /., light. M. magister, -tri, m., master, teacher. magistratus, -us, m., magis- tracy, magistrate. magnitudo, -dinis, /., size, mag- nitude. magnus, -a, -um, adj., large, great. malo, malle, malui, no supine, wish more, prefer. malus, -a, -um, adj., bad. maneo, -ere, mansi, mansiirus, remain, wait. manipulus, -i, m., maniple, a small company of soldiers. man us, -us, /., hand, also band. Marcus, -i, m., Marcus. mare, maris, n., sea. Massilia, -ae, /., Massilia, the Latin name of Marseilles. mater, -tris,/., mother. mature, adv., early. maturus, -a, -um, adj., ripe. medius, -a, -um, adj., middle of. memoria, -ae, /., memory. mens, mentis, /., mind. mensa, -ae,/., table. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 23T mensis, -is, m., month. mercator, -toris, m., merchant. meus, -a, -um, possess, pron., my, mine. miles, militis, m., soldier. militaris, -e, adj.., military. militia, -ae, /., military service. mille, indecl. num. adj., thou- sand ; pi., milia, -um, n., fol- lowed by gen.., thousand. miror, -ari, -atu* sum, wonder at, admire. miser, -era, -erum, ad/., wretched. mitto, mittere, misi, missum, send. moneo, -ere, -ui, -itum, warn, advise, admonish. mons, montis, m., mountain. mors, mortis, /., death. mos, moris, w., custom; pi., manners. moveo, -ere, movi, motum, move. mulier, -eris, /., woman. multitudo, -dinis, /., multitude. multus, -a, -um, adj., much ; j^Z. , many. mnnio, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itum, fortify. manitio, -onis, /., fortification. mQnitus, -a, -um, adj., (perf. pass. part, o/munio), fortified. marus, -i, m., wall. N. nam, conj., for. narro, -are, -avi, -atum, tell, narrate. nascor, nasci, natus sum, be born. natio, -onis, /., nation. natura, -ae, /., nature. natus, -us, m., birth. Used only in abl. sing. ; maiores natu, elders by birth, old men. nauta, -ae, m., sailor. navis, -is, /., ship, boat. -ne, enclitic interrog. particle, simply denoting a question; in indirect questions some- times whether. ne, negative particle, that . . . not, lest, not to ; ne . . . quidem, not even. necesse, indecl. adj., necessary. nemo, -inis, m., nobody, no one. Not used in gen. and abl., the corresponding forms of nullus bei7ig used instead. neque (nee), conj., and not, nor ; neque . . . neque, neither . . . nor. niger, -gra, -grum, adj., black. nihil, n., indecl., nothing. nisi, conj., if not, unless. nobills, -e, adj., noble, of high birth, famous. noceo, -ere, -ui, -itum, harm, injure. nolo, nolle, nolul, no supine, be unwilling, nomen, -minis, n., name. non, adv., not. nonne, interrog. adv. {intro- ducing a question expecting the answer "?/es"), not? noster, -tra, -trum, possess, pron., our. novus, -a, -um, adj., new. nox, uoctis, /,, night. 238 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. nallus, -a, -um, adj., no, not any, no one. num, interrog. particle (e)spect- ing the answer " wo "), in indirect questions, whether. numerus, -i, ?>i., number. nuiitio, -are, -avi, -atum, re- port, announce. nnntius, -i, m., messenger. O. ob, prep, with ace, on account of. obses, obsidis, m., hostage. obtineo, -ere, -ui, -tentum, hold. occasus, -us, m., setting; soils occasus, sunset. occido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, kill. occupo, -are, -avi, -atum, seize, take. octoginta, indecl. num. adj., eighty. omnino, adv., altogether, in all. omnis, -e, adj., all. oppidum, -i, n., town, walled town. oppugno, -are, -avi, -atum, attack, storm. opus, operis, n., work. oratio, -onis, /., speech, oration. ordo, ordinis, m., rank, order. Orgetorix, -igis, m., Orgetorix, a Helvetian nobleman. orno, -are, -avi, -atum, adorn, deck. pains, -udls, /., marsh, swamp. par, paris, adj., equal. parco, -ere, peperci (parsi), parsnrus (parclturus), spare. parens, -entls, c, parent. pareo, -ere, parui, pariturus, obey. paro, -are, -avi, -atum, prepare, furnish, pars, partis, /., part. parvus, -a, -um, adj., small, little. passus, -us, m., pace; miile passns, a Boman mile. pater, patris, m., father. patria, -ae, /., fatherland, native country. pauci, -ae, -a, adj., used al- most exclusively in the plural, few. pax, pacls, /., peace. pecunia, -ae, /., money, wealth, {originally cattle; cf. pecus). pecus, -oris, w., flock, cattle. pedes, peditis, m., foot-soldier. pedester, -tris, -tre, adj., on foot, of infantry. pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsum, re- pel, drive off. per, prep, with ace, through. per-, adv., in composition, very {as per-facllis, very easy), periculum, -i, n., peril, danger. peritus, -a, -um, adj., skilful, experienced. persequor, -sequi, -secntus sum, pursue, persuadeo, -ere, -suasi, -sua- sum, persuade. pertlneo, -ere, -ui, no supine, hold through, extend, perturbo, -are, -avi, -atum, disturb greatly. pervenlo, -ire, -veni, -ventum, come through, arrive. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 239 pes, pedis, w., foot, as part of the body, and also as a measure. peto, -ere, -ivi, -itum, seek, ask. pict&ra, -ae, /., picture, paint- ing. pilum, -i, n., javelin. poeta, -ae, m., poet. poUiceor, -eri, polllcitus sum, promise. pono, -ere, posui, positum, place, put. pons, pontis, w., bridge. populus, -i, m., people, nation. porta, -ae, /., gate, door. porto, -are, -avi, -atum, carry. portus, -us, m., port, harbor. possum, posse, potui, no supine, be able, can, have power. post, prep, with ace, after, be- hind ; also adv., afterwards. posterus, -a, -um, adj., next, fol- lowing. postulo, -are, -avi, -atum, de- mand. potens, potentis, adj., powerful. potestas, -tatis, /., power. potior, potiri, potitus sum, get possession of. praefero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, carry before, prefer. praepono, -ponere, -posui, -positum, place before, put in command of. praesidium, -i, n., guard, escort, protection. praesum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, command, be at the head of. primus, -a, -um, adj., first. princeps, principis, m., chief. prior, prius, adj., earlier, former. pro, prep, with abl., before, for. Procillus, -i, m., a Boman name. Gaius Valerius Procillus was sent by Ca-sar as envoy to Ari- ovistus. proelium, -i, n., battle. profectio, -onis,/., departure. proficiscor, proficisci, profec- tus sum, set out, depart. progredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, go (or come) forth or forward. prohibeo, -ere, -hibui, -hibitum, hinder, keep from. proper©, -are, -avi, -atum, hurry. propior, propius, adj., {comp. of stem of prope, near) , nearer ; superl. proximus, -a, -um. nearest, next. propter, prep, loith ace, on ac- count of. prosum, prSdesse, profui, pro- futOrus, be profitable. provineia, -ae, /., province. proximus. See propior. publicus, -a, -um, adj., public. puella, -ae, /., girl. puer, pueri, m., boy. pugna, -ae, /., fight, battle. pugno, -are, avi, -atum, fight. pulcher, -chra, -clirum, adj., beautiful, pretty. puto, -are, -avi, -atum, think. Q quadraginta, indecl. num. adj., forty. quaero, -ere, quaesivi, quaesi- tum, ask, inquire about. quam, adv., than, as. ^^' OF THB 240 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. quantus, -a, -um, adj., interrog., how great? how much? rel., as great, as ; tantus . . . quantus, so great ... as. quartus, -a, -um, ordinal nu- meral adj., fourth. quattuor, indecl. numeral adj., four. -que, enclitic conj., and, to be translated before the word at the end of which it stands. qui, quae, quod, rel. pron., who, which, what; indef, any. quidam, quaedam, quoddain, indef. pron., a certain (one, etc.). quidem, conj. Often not to be translated, except by empha- sizing the word before it; sometimes, indeed, at least ; ne . . . quidem, not even. quin, conj., that, but that. quinque, indecl. numeral adj., five. quintus, -a, -um, ordinal nu- meral adj., fifth. quis, quae, quid, interrog. pron., who? which? what? quis, quae (qua), quid, indef. pron., used after si, nisi, ne, and num, any, any one, any thing, quisquam, quidquam, indef. pron., used only after negatives and negative expressions, any one, anything. quisque, quaeque, quidque, indef. pron., each, each one, every. quot, indecl. pron., interrog., how many ? relative, as many R. recipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, take back ; also reflexive, se recipere, betake oneself, retire, withdraw, retreat. redeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, go back, return. reglna, -ae,/., queen. regio, -onis, /., region. regnum, -i, n., kingdom, royal power. relinquo, -linquere, -liqui, -lie- turn, leave. reliquus, -a, -um, adj., remain- ing, rest of. remaneo, -manere, -mansi, -mansurus, remain, stay. renuntio, -are, -avi, -a turn, report, announce. reperio, -ire, repperi, repertum, find, findj)ut. res, rei,/., thing. resist©, -ere, restiti, no supine, resist, withstand. respondeo, -ere, respondl, re- sponsum, answer, reply. res publica, rei publicae, /. {really a noun, res, and adj., publica, the public thing), state. retineo, -ere, -ui, -tentum, retain, hold back. reverter, reverti, reversus sum and reverto, -ere, -verti, -versum, the deponent forms used in the present system, return, go or come back. rex, regis, m., king. Rhenus, -i, m., the Rhine, di- viding Gaul from Germany. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 241 Rhodanus, -i, m., the Rhone, a river of southern Gaul. ripa, -ae, /., bank of a river f^ shore of a lake. Roma, -ae, /., Rome. Romanus, -a, -um, adj., Roman ; masc. as subst., a Roman. rosa, -ae,/.,rose. S. saepe, adv., often. salus, -litis,/., safety. satis, adv., enough. scio, scire, scivT, scitum, know. scribo, -ere, scripsi, scrlptum, write. scatum, -I, n., shield. secundus, -a, -um, adj., second, favorable ; res secundae, pros- perity. sed, conj., but. semper, adv., always. senatus, -Os, m., senate. senex, senis, m., old man. Sequanus, -a, -um, adj., of or belonging to the Sequani, a Gallic tribe ; masc. as subst., a Sequanian ; pi., the Sequani. sequor, sequi, secQtus sum, follow. serva, -ae, /., female slave, maid- servant. servus, -I, m., slave, servant. sex, indecl. numeral adj., six. sexaginta, indecl. numeral adj., sixty. sextus, -a, -um, ordinal numeral adj., sixth. si, conj., if. signum, -i, n., sign, standard, signal. silva, -ae,/., woods, forest. similis, -e, adj., like, similar. sine, prep, with abl., without. sinister, -tra, -trum, adj., left {hand, etc.). socius, -i, m., ally. sol, solis, m., the sun. soleo, -ere, solitus sum, be accustomed. solus, -a, -um, adj., alone. sorer, sororis,/, sister. spes, spei,/., hope, expectation. statim, adv., immediately. sto, stare, steti, statarus, stand. sub, prep, usually with abl., under, at the foot of, close to ; used with the ace. after verbs of motion. sul, sibi, se, reflexive pron. of the third person; no nom., him- self, herself, itself, him, her, it. sum, esse, fui, futnrus, be. summus, -a, -um, adj., highest, topmost, greatest, often at the top of or to the top of (superl. of the root of superus) . supero, -are, -avi, -atum, de- feat. supersum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, be over, survive. saperus, -a, -um, adj., upper, higher ; comp., superior ; superl., summus. saspicio, -onis, /., suspicion. suspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spec- tum., suspect. sustineo, -ere, -ui, -tentum, hold up (under), withstand. 242 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. suus, -a, -um, possess, pron., third person, his, her, its, their. tarn, adv., so, so greatly, so much. tamen, adv., nevertheless, still, yet, notwithstanding. tantus, -a, -um, adj.., so great. telum, -i, 11., (missile) weapon. tempestas, -tatis, /., storm, tem- pest. tempus, -oris, w., time. teiieo, -ere, -ui, tentum, hold. terra, -ae, /., earth, land. terreo, -ere, -ui, -itum, frighten. tertius, -a, -um, ordinal numeral adj., third. tlmeo, -ere, -ui, no supine, fear. timer, -oris, wi., fear, alarm. Titus, -i, m., Titus, a Boman name. totus, -a, -um, adj., whole, en- tire, all. trado, -dere, -didi, -dituiu, give over, betray, trans, j)rep. with ace, across. transeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, go across, cross. trecenti, -ae, -a, numeral adj., three hundred. tres, tria, numeral adj., three. tu, tui, tibi, te, personal pron., second person, thou, you ; pi., vos, you. turris, -is, /., tower, turret. tutus, -a, -um, adj., safe. tuus, -a, -uni, poss. adj., second person, thy, your. U. ubi, adv., interrog. and rel., where (sometimes when). undique, adv., on or from all sides. iinus, -a, -um, (gen. unius), numeral adj., one, (sometimes the only one, alone). urbs, urbis, /., city. usus, -us, m., use ; also need. ut, conj., with subj., that, in order that, so that ; also adv., as, when. utor, uti, usus sum, use, employ. uxor, -oris, /., wife. valeo, -ere, valui, valiturus, be strong, vasto, -are, -avi, -atum, lay waste. vectigal, -alis, n., tax. velociter, adv., swiftly. velox, -ocis, adj., swift. venio, -ire, veni, ventum, come. ventus, -i, m., wind. vereor, -eri, veritus, fear, be afraid of. Vergilius, -i, m., Virgil, a Boman. verus, -a, -um, adj., true. vescor, -i, eat. vester, -traj'-trum, poss. adj., your. vicesimus, -a, -um, ordinal numeral, twentieth. victor, -oris, m., conqueror, victor. vicus, -i, m., village. video, -ere, vidi, visum, see. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 243 vigilia, -ae, /., watch. viginti, numeral adj., twenty. vinco, -ere, vici, victum, con- quer. vir, viri, m., man. virgo, -inis, /., maiden, virgin. virtus, -utis, /., virtue. vis, vis, /., force ; pi., vires, virium, strength. vito, -are, -avi, -atum, avoid. vivo, -ere, vixi, victum, live. voco, -are, -avi, -atum, call. volo, velle, volui, wish, be will- ing. voluntas, -atis, /., will, good will. voluptas, -atis, /., pleasure. vos. See tu. vox, vocis, /., voice. vulnero, -are, -avi, -atum, wound. vulnus, -eris, w., wound. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. ABBREVIATIONS. The figures 1, 2, 3, or 4 after a verb denote that the verb is regular and of the first, second, third, or fourth conjugation. Other abbreviations are the same as those used in the Latin-English vocabulary. able (be), possum, posse, potui, about, de {with abl.), circura {with ace), circiter {adv.). absent (be), absum, -esse, afui, afuturus. abundance, copia, -ae, /, accomplish, efficio, -ere, -feci, -fectum. account (on account of), causa {icith gen.), ob, propter {with ace). accuse, accuso, 1. accustom (oneself), consuesco, -ere, -suevi, -suetum. accustomed (be), soleo, -ere, solitus sum {semi-dep.); c5n- suesco, -ere, -suevT, -suetum. across, trans {with ace). act, ago, -ere, egl, actum. active, acer, acris, acre. admire, miror, 1, dep. adorn, orno, 1. advance, progredior, -I, -gressus sum. advantage, usus, -us, m. adverse, ad versus, -a, -um. adversity, res (rerum, etc.) adversae. advice, consilium, -T, n. Aeduan (Haeduan), Aeduus, -i, m. against, contra {with ace), in {with ace). age, aetas, -atis, /. ; In or by age, natu. agreeable, gratus, -a, -um. aid, auxilium, -i, n., iuvo, iuvare, iQvi, iUtum ; prosum, prodesse, profui, profuturus. all, omnis, -e ; in all, omnino {adv.). AUobroges, Allobroges, -um, m. almost, fere. alone, solus, -a, -um. already, iam. also, etiam. although, cum. altogether, omnino. always, semper. am. See be. 245 246 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. ambassador, legatus, -i, m. ♦ among, inter {with ace), apud (loith ace). ancient, antiquus, -a, -um. and, et, ac, atque, -que ; and not, neque (nee). animal, animal, -alis, n. announce, nQntio, 1; renuntio, 1. another, alius, -a, -um ; belong- to another, alienus, -a, -um. answer, respondeo, -ere, -di, re- sponsum. any (body or thing), aliquis, -qua or -quae, -quid, {also quis, qua or quae, quid). approach, adventus, -us, m. ardent, acer, acris, acre. Ariovistus, Ariovistus, -i, m. arms, arma, -orum, n. pi. army, exercitus, -Qs, m. around, circum {with ace); put around, circumdo, -dare, -dedl, -datum. arouse, incito, 1. arrival, adventus, -us, ra. arrive, pervenio, -ire, -veni, -ventum. art, ars, artis, /. ; art of war, res militaris. as, quam, cum. ascertain, reperio, -Tre, repperi, repertum. ask, peto, -ere, petivi, petltum ; quaero, -ere, quaesivl, quae- situm, assemble, convenio, -ire, -venT, -ventum. assert, confirm 5, 1. assist, iuvo, -are, iuvT, iiitum. astonished (be astonished), miror, 1, dep. at, in {with ahl.). Athens, Athenae, -arum, /. pi. attack, impetus, -us, ?n., op- pugns, 1 ; make an attack, impetum facere. attend, adimadverto, -ere, -verti, -versum. attention (pay). See attend. away, a (ab), and., in composi- tion., de ; lead away, educo, -ere, -duxT, -ductum, deducd, -ere, -duxi, -ductum; go away, abeo, -Tre, -ii (-ivi) , -itum ; send away, dimitto, -ere, -misi, -missum ; be aw^ay, absum, -esse, afuT, afuturus, desum, -esse, -fui, -futurus. back, re- in comp.., as: take back, recipio, -ere, -cepT, -ceptum ; go back, redeo, -Ire, -ii (-ivi) , -itum ; hold back, retineo, -ere, -ui, -tentum. bad, malus, -a, -um. baggage, impedimenta, -drum, ti. pi. bank, ripa, -ae, /. ^. barbarian, barbarus, -T, m. battle, proelium, -i, n.; pugna, -ae, /. be, sum, esse, fui, futurus. bear, fero, f erre, tulT, latum ; bear against, infero, inferre, intuli, illatum. See, also, bring. beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -chrur . because of, ob, propter. become, fio, fieri, factus sum. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. before, ante, prep, with ace. ; ante, adv. ; antequam, conj. began, coepT, coepisse {no pres- ent). beginning, initium, -i, n. belialf (in behalf of), pro (imth ahl.). Belgians, Belgae, -arum, m. believe, credo, -ere, credidi, creditum. Bellovaci, BellovacI, -drum, m. between, inter {with ace). Bibracte, Bibracte, -is, n. bind, teneo, -ere, tenul, ten- tum. birth, natus, -us, m. ; of high birth, nobilis, -e. black, niger, -gra, -grum. blame, culp5, 1. body, corpus, -oris, n. book, liber, -bri, m. born (be), nascor, nasci, natus sum. bound, contineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentum. boy, puer, -T, m. brave, fortis, -v. bravely, fortiter. bravery, virtiis, -utis, /. bridge, pons, pontis, m. bring, porto, 1, fero, ferre, tuli, latum ; bring together, con- fero, -ferre, contuli, coUatum ; bring out, efferd, efferre, ex- tuli, elatum. Britain, Britannia, -ae, /. Briton, Britannus, -i, m. broad, latus, -a, -um. VVother, f rater, -tris, m. but, sed, autem ; but that, quin. C. Caesar, Caesar, -aris, m. call, voco, 1, appello, 1 ; call together, convoco, 1. camp, castra, -orum, n. pi. can, possum, posse, potuT. captive, captivus, -i, m. capture, capio, capere, cepi, captum. See also take. care (take), euro, 1. carry, porto, 1, {see, also, bring and hear); carry before, prae- fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum. cart, carrus, -i, m. Casticus, Casticus, -i, m. cause, causa, -ae, /. ; euro, 1. cavalry, equitatus, -us, m. ; cqui- tes, -um, {pi. of eques), m. cavalry-man, eques, -itis, m. celebrated, clarus, -a, -um. censure, culpo, 1. centurion, centurio, -onis, m. certain, certus, -a, -um ; a cer- tain {indefinite).! ([uldam. change, commutatio, -onis, /, character, natura, -ae, /. check, proliibeo, -ere, -liibui, -hibitum. cheerfully, libenter. chief, prmceps, -ipis, m. ; com- mander-in-chief, imperator, -5ris, m. children, liberi, -orum, m. Cicero, Cicero, -onis, m. citizen, civis, -is, m. city, urbs, urbis, /. cohort, coliors, -tis, /. collect, c5go, c5gere, coegi, coactum. come, venio, -ire, veni, ventum ; 248 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. come together, convenio, -Ire, -venT, -ventum ; come out, egredior, -I, -gressus sum. command, iubeo, -ere, iussT, iussum ; impero, 1 ; praesum, -esse, -fui, -futurus ; place in command, praepono, -ere, -posul, -positum. commander-in-chief, impera- tor, -oris, m. companion, comes, -itis, c. conceal, celo, 1. conference, colloquium, -i, n. confidence, fides, -ei, /. confusion (throw into), per- turbo, 1. conquer, supero, 1 ; vinco, vin- cere, vTcT, victum. conqueror, victor, -oris, m. consider, delTbero, 1. consul, consul, -ulis, m. consult, delibero, 1. contend, contends, -ere, con- tend!, contentum. Corinth, Corinth us, -i, /. Cornelia, Cornelia, -ae, /. council, concilium, -i, n. country, terra, -ae, /. ; native country, patria, -ae, /, ; coun- try, as distinguished from city, rus, ruris, n. cross, transeo, -ire, -ii, -itum. crown, corona, -ae, /. culture, humanitas, -atis, /. custom, mos, moris, m. D. daily, (adv.) cottidie, (adj.) cottidianus, -a, -um. danger, periculum, -i, n. dare, audeo, -ere, ausus sum, (semi-dep.). daughter, filia, -ae, /. day, dies, -ei, m. dear, earns, -a, -um. decide, constituo, -ere, -ui, -titum. deck, orno, 1. deep, altus, -a, -um. deeply (i.e. seriously), gravi- ter. defeat, supero, 1, vinco, -ere, vici, victum. defend, defendo, -ere, -di, -fen- sum ; in defence of, pro, prep. loith ahl. deliberate, deliberd, 1. delight, delecto, 1. demand, postulo, 1. demonstrate, demonstro, 1. departure, profectio, -onis, /. depth, altitudo, -inis, /. desert, relinquo, -ere, -liquT, -lictum. determine, constituo, -ere, -ui, -iitum. difficult, difBcilis, -e. diligence, diligentia, -ae, /. distant (most), extremus, -a, -um. distant (be), absum, -esse, afui, af turns. disturb greatly, perturbo, 1. divide, divido, -ere, -visi, -visum. Divitiacus, Divitiacus, -T, m. do, facio, facere, feci, factum ; ago, -ere, egi, actum. door, porta, -ae, /. doubt, dub its, 1 ; there is no doubt, non dubium est. doubtful, dubius, -a, -um. dove, columba, -ae, /. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 249 draAV up, constituo, -ere, -uT, -utum. drive, ago, -ere, egi, actum ; drive bacli, pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsum. Dumnorix, Dumnorix, -igis, m. dwell in, incolo, -ere, -colui, -cultum. E. eager, acer, acris, acre. eagle, aquila, -ae, /. early, mature, adv. easily, facile. easy, facilis, -e. eat, vescor, -i, no perf. eighty, octoginta. eminent, clarus, -a, -um. encamp, consido, -ere, -sedi, -sessum. encourage, animum (animos) confirmo, 1. end, finis, -is, m. endeavor, conor, 1, dep. endure, sustineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentum. enemy, liostis, -is, m. ; inimlcus, -i, in. engage (in battle), committo, -ere, -misi, -missum, (proe- lium). enjoy, fruor, frui, fruitus and frQctus sum. enough, satis. entire, totus, -a, -um. envoy, legatus, -i, m. equal, par, paris. escort, praesidium, -i, n. even, etiam; not even, ne . . . quidem. every (one), quisque, quaeque, quidque. exhort, hortor, 1, dep. expect, exspecto, 1. experienced, peritus, -a, -um. extend, pertineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentum. extreme, maximus, -a, -um ; extremus, -a, -um. fable, fabula, -ae, /. fail, desum, -esse, -fui, -futtirus. faith, fides, -el, /. faithful, fidus, -a, -um. fall, cado, -ere, cecidi, casum ; fall upon, accido, -ere, -cidi ; fall into, in with, upon, in- cido, -ere, -cidi, famous, nobilis, -e; clarus, -a, -um. far, longe. farmer, agricola, -ae, m. farther, longius, (adv.). farthest, extremus, -a, -um. father, pater, patris, m. favor, faveo, -ere, favT, fautum. favorable, secundus, -a, -um. fear, timor, -oris, m. ; timeo, -ere, -uT; vereor, -eri, veritus sum. few, paucT, -ae, -a. field, ager, agri, m. fifth, quintus, -a, -um. fight, pugno, 1. fill, compleo, -ere, -evT, -etum. find out, reperio, -ire, repperi, repertum. finish, conficio, -ere, -feci, -fec- tum, fire, Ignis, -is, m. 250 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. first, primus, -a, -um. five, quiiique. flee, fugio, fugere, fugi. flight, fuga, -ae, /. [sum. foUoAv, sequor, sequi, secutus following (0/ time), posterus, -a, -um. fond of (be), amo, 1. food, frumentum, -i, n. foot, pes, pedis, rn. foot-soldier, pedes, -itis, m. for, pro (with abl.), prep.; nam, conj, force, VIS, vis, vi, vim ; pi. vires, virium, /. forced (marcli), maximus, -a, -um. forces (military), copiae, -arum, /• forest, silva, -ae, /. fortiflcation, munitio, -onis, /. fortified, munitus, -a, -um, (perf. part, of mGnio). fortify, munio, -ire, -ivi, -itum. fortune, fortuna, -ae, /. forty, quadraginta. four, quattuor. fourth, quartus, -a, -um. free, liber, -era, -erum ; set free, libero, 1. friend, amicus, -1, m. friendship, amicitia, -ae, /. frighten, terreo, 2. from, a, ab, de, ex, (all with abl.). furthest. See farthest, fury, impetus, -us, m. G. Galba, Galba, -ae, m. Gallic, Gallicus, -a, -um. garden, hortus, -I, m. garland, corona, -ae, /. gate, porta, -ae, /, gather, lego, -ere, legi, lectum ; coUigo, -ere, -leg!, -lectum. Gaul (the country), Gallia, -ae, /. ; (an inhabitant of that country), Gallus, -1, m. gay, laetus, -a, -um. general, imperator, -oris, m. Geneva, Genava, -ae, /. German, Germanus, -a, -um, (as subst., Germanus, -1, m.). get possession of, potior, -iri, -itus sum. gift, donum, -1, n. girl, puella, -ae, /. give, do, dare, dedi, datum. give up, trado, -ere, -didi, -ditum. glad, laetus, -a, -um. gladly, libenter. go, e5, ire, i! (ivi), itum; go out or away, exeo ; go back, redeS ; go across, transeo ; go aw^ay, abeo ; go out, egre- dior, -1, -gressus sum; go forth, prSgredior, -1, -gressus sum. good, bonus, -a, -um. grain, friimentum, -I, n. great, magnus, -a, -um ; so great, tantus, -a, -um ; how great, quantus, -a, -um. greater, maior, mains, gen. mai5ris. Greece, Graecia, -ae, /. Greek (adj.), Graecus, -a, -um; (subst.) Graecus, -1, m. grief, dolor, -oris, m. grieve, be grieved, doleo, 2. guard, custos, -odis, c. ; praesid- ium, -1, n. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 251 H. halt, consisto, -ere, -stiti. hand, manus, -us, m. hand over, trado, -ere, -didi, -ditum. Hannibal, Hannibal, -alls, m. harbor, portus, -us, m. harm, noceo, 2. hasten, contends, -ere, contend!, contentum; propero, 1. have, habeo, 2. head, caput, -itis, n. hear, audio, 4. heavy, gravis, -e. height, altitudo, -inis, /. help, auxilium, -T, n. ; iuvo, -are, iuvi, iutum. Helvetian, Helvetius, -T, m. her, suus, -a, -um, {reflexive)] eius {gen. of is, not reflexive). herself, {reflexive)^ suT, sibi, se, se; {intensive), ipse, ipsa, ipsum. high, altus, -a, -um ; superus, -a, -um, {superl. summus) ; of high birth, nobilis, -e. hill, collis, -is, m. himself, {reflexive), suT, sibi, se, se ; {intensive), ipse, ipsa, ipsum. hinder, proliibeS, 2 ; impedio, 4. his, suus, -a, -um, {reflexive) ; eius {gen. of is, not reflex- ive). hold, teneo, -ere, tenui, tentum ; hold together, contine5, -ere, -tinuT, -tentum ; hold back, retined, -ere, -uT, -tentum ; hold (in possession), obtineo, -ere, -uT, -tentum. home, domus, -us, /. ; at home, domi. Homer, Homerus, -i, m. hope, spes, spei, /. horn, cornu, -us, n. horse, equus, -i, m. horseman, eques, -itis, m. hostage, obses, -idis, c. hour, liora, -ae, /. house, domus, -us, /. how great, quantus, -a, -um. how many, quot {indecl.). huge, ingens, -entis. hundred, centum. hurl, iacio, iacere, iecT, iactum ; conicio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum. hurry, propero, 1. I. I, eg5, mei, mihi, me, me. if, si; if not, nisi. illustrious, clarus, -a, -um. immediately, statim. impede, impedio, 4. in, in {ivith ahl.). incredible, incredibilis, -e. induce, adduce, -ere, -duxT, -ductum. infantry {adj., = of infantry), pedester, -tris, -tre. influence, auctoritas, -atis, /. ; gratia, -ae, /. ; adduco, -ere, -duxT, -ductum. inform, certiorem facio, facere, feci, factum. inhabit, incolo, -ere, -ul, -cultum. inhabitant, incola, -ae, m. injure, noceo, 2. inquire (about), quaero, -ere, quaeslvl, quaesltum. 252 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. intend, est in animo. into, in {loith ace). island, Insula, -ae, /. Italy, Italia, -ae, /, its, suus, -a, -urn, (reflexive) ; eius (gen. of is, not reflex- ive). itself (reflexive), sui, sibi, se, se ; (intensive), ipse, ipsa, ipsum. J. javelin, pilum, -T, n. judge, index, -icis, m. Julia, Julia, -ae, /. Jura, Jura, -ae, m. just, iustus, -a, -um. K. keep, coutineo, -ere, -tinui, -ten- turn. keep from, prohibeS, 2. kill, occido, -ere, -cTdi, -cisum ; interficio, -ere, -feci, -fectum. kind, genus, -eris, n. king, rex, regis, m. kingdom, regnum, -I, n. knight, eques, -itis, m. know, scio, scire, scivi, scitum. Labienus, Labienus, -T, m. labor, labor, -oris, m. ; laboro, 1. land, terra, -ae, /. language, lingua, -ae, /. large, magnus, -a, -um ; multus, -a, -um, law, lex, legis, /. ; ius, iuris, n. lay waste, vasto, 1. lead, duco, -ere, diixi, ductum ; lead away, abdiico, deduco ; lead back, rediicd ; lead out, educo ; lead on, induco, add lie o. leader, dux, duels, m. [turn. leave, relinquo, -ere, -liqui, -lie- left (i.e. left hand, etc.), sinister, -tra, -trum ; left over (re- maining), reliquus, -a, -um. legiou, legio, -onis, /. length, longitude, -inis, /. lest, ne. letter, epistula, -ae, /. lieutenant, legatus, -i, m. like, similis, -e ; as verb, amo, 1. line (of troops in motion), agmen, -inis, n. (of battle); acies, -ei, /. live (i.e. live in, dvrell), incold, -ere, -ui, -cultum ; live (i.e. be alive), VIVO, -ere, vTxi, victum. long, longus, -a, -um ; a long time, diu (adv.). lose, amitto, -ere, -misi, -missum. love, amo, 1. low, inferus, -a, -um. M. made (be), fio, fieri, f actus sum. magistracy, magistratus, -iis, m. magistrate, magistratus, -us, m. magnitude, magnitudo, -inis, /. maiden, virgo, -inis,/. make, facio, facere, feci, factum. man, homo, -inis, c. (a human being) ; vir, -i, m. (an adult human male). maniple, manipulus, -I, 7n. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 253 manners, mSres, -um, m., (pi. of mos) . many, multi, -ae, -a, (pi. o/mul- tus). march, iter, itineris, n. ; to march, iter facere. Marcus, Marcus, -i, m. marsh, paltis, -Mis,/. Massilia, Massilia, -ae, /. master (of servants, etc.), do- minus, -T, m. ; (of pupils, etc.), inagister, -tri, ni. meeting, concilium, -i, n. memory, memoria, -ae, /. merchant, mercator, -oris, m. messenger, nuntius, -i, m. middle of, medius, -a, -um. military, militaris, -e ; mili- tary service, militia, -ae, /.; military forces, copiae, -arum, /. mind, mens, mentis, /. ; animus, -T, m. mistress, domina, -ae, /. money, pecunia, -ae,/. month, mensis, -is, m. mother, mater, -tris, /. mountain, mons, mentis, m. move, raoveo, -ere, movl, mo- tum. much, multus, -a, -um. multitude, multitudo, -inis,/. my, meus, -a, -um. N. name, nomen, -inis, n. narrowness, angustiae, -arum, f.pl. nation, nfitio, -onis,/. native country, patria, -ae, /. nature, natiira, -ae,/. necessary, necesse, indecl. adj. neig-hbor, finitimus, -I, m. neighboring, ITnitimus, -a, -um. neither . . . nor, neque (nee) . . . neque (nee). nevertheless, tamen. new, novus, -a, -um. night, nox, noctis,/. no, no one, nullus, -a, -um. noble, nobilis, -e. nobody, nem5, -mis,m., (not used in gen. and abl.). not, noil, nonne (m questions), ne (in prohibitions, icishes, and final clauses) ; and not, ne- que (nee); not even, ne . . . quidem. nothing, nihil, ?i., (indecl.). notice, animadverts, -ere, -verti, -versum. notw^ithstanding, tamen. now, nunc, iam. number, numerus, -I, m. O. oath, iusiurandum, iurisiurandi, n. obey, pareo, -ere, -ui, -iturus. of, de (with ahl.). often, saepe. old, antiquus, -a, -um ; old man, senex, senis, m. ; older, maior natii. one, unus, -a, -um ; one . . . another, alius . . . alius ; one . . . the other (of t^vo), alter . . . alter. open, apertus, -a, -um. oration, 5ratio, -onis, /. 254 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. order, ordo, -inis, m., (rank) ; imperium, -i, n., (command) ; to order, impero, 1 ; iubed, -ere, iussi, iiissum. Orgetorix, Orgetorix, -igis, m. other, alius, -a, -ud; other of two, alter, -era, -erum. ought, debeo, -ere, -ui, -itum. our, noster, -tra, -trum. over (be), praesmn, -esse, -fui, -futilrus. overcome, supero, 1. owe, debeo, -ere, -uT, -itum. P. pace, passus, -us, m. pain, dolor, -oris, 7)1. ; be pained, doleo, 2. parent, parens, parentis, c. parley, colloquium, -I, n. part, pars, partis, /. peace, pax, pacis, /. people, populus, -T, m. perceive, conspicio, -ere, -spexl, -spectum. perform, fungor, -i, functus sum. persuade, persuaded, -ere, -suasi, -suasum. pick (from), deligo, -ere, -leg!, -lectum. picture, pictfira, -ae, /. pitch (a camp), pono, -ere, posuT, positum. place, locus, -i, m., (pi., loca, -orum, n.y, pono, -ere, posuT, positum ; place over or in command, praepono, -ere, -posuT, -i30situm ; to that place, eo. plan, consilium, -T, n. pleasant, gratus, -a, -um. please, delecto, 1. pleasing, gratus, -a, -um. pleasure, voluptas, -atis, /. plenty, copia, -ae, /. poem, carmen, -inis, n. poet, poeta, -ae, m. position, locus, -i, m. ; take a position, consldo, -ere, -sedi, -sessum ; consists, -ere, -stitT. possession (get), potior, -irl, -Ttus sum. power, potestas, -atis, /., impe- rium, -1, n. ; royal povrer, regnum, -i, n. powerful, potens, -entis. praise, laudo, 1. prefer, malo, mfdle, malui ; prae- fer5, -ferre, -tuli, -latum. prepare, paro, 1. present (be) , adsum, -esse, aff ui, affuturus. Procillus, Procillus, -i, m. procure, paro, 1. profitable (be), prosum, pro- desse, profuT, -futurus. promise, polliceor, -eri, f ollicitus sum. proper, idoneus, -a, -um. prosperity, res (rerum, efc.) secundae. protect, defends, -ere, -dl, -fensum. protection, praesidium, -i, n. province, provincia, -ae, /. public, publicus, -a, -um. pupil, discipulus, -i, m. put around, circumdo, -dare, -dedi, -datum. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 255 Q queen, regina, -ae, /. quick, celer, celeris, celere. quickly, celeriter. R. rank, ord5, -inis, m. rapidity, celeritas, -atis, /. read, lego, -ere, legi, lectum. ready, paratus, -a, -um. reason, causa, -ae, /. region, regio, -ouis, /. remain, maneo, -ere, mansT, man- surus; remaneo, -ere, -mansi, -mansurus. remaining, reliquus, -a, -um. remember, memoria teneo, 2. repell, pello, -ere, pepull, pul- sum. reply, respondeo, -ere, -di, re- sponsum. report, nunti5, 1 ; renuntio, 1. repulse, pello, -ere, pepull, pul- sum. resist, resisto, -ere, -stitT, no supine. rest, quies, -etis, /. ; the rest of, reliquus, -a, -um. restrain, contineo, -ere, -tinuT, -tentum. retain, retineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentum. retire. See retreat, retreat, recipid, -ere, -cepT, -cep- tum, with the refl. pronouns me, se, etc. return, reverter, -i, re versus sum ; redeo, -Ire, -il, -itum. Rhine, Klienus, -i. m. Rhone, Rhodanus, -i, m. right, ius, iuris, n. ; right (hand, etc.), dexter, -tra, -trum. ripe, maturus, -a, -um. river, flumen, -inis, n. Roman, (adj.), Romanus, -a, -um ; (subst.), Romanus, -i, m. Rome, Roma, -ae, /. rose, rosa, -ae, /. route, iter, itineris, n. row, ordo, -inis. royal power, regnum, -i, w. run, curro, currere, cucurri, cur- sum. safety, saliis, -utis, /. sailor, nauta, -ae, m. same, idem, eadem, idem. say, dlco, -ere, dixT, dictum. scout, explorator, -oris, m. sea, mare, -is, w. seashore, lltus, -oris, n. second, secundus, -a, -um. see, video, -ere, vTdl, visum ; con- spicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectum. seek, peto, -ere, petivi, petTtum. seize, occupo, 1 ; capio, -ere, cepi, captum. select, deligo, -ere, -legi, -lectum. self, ipse, ipsa, ipsum. senate, senatus, -us, m. send, mitto, -ere, mlsT, missum ; send away, dimitto, -cre,-misi, -missum. separate, divido, -ere, -visi, -vi- sum, Sequanlan, Sequanus, -I, m. servant, servus, -i, m. ; serva, -ae, /. set free, libero, 1. 256 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. set out, proficiscor, -i, profectus sum. setting, occasus, -us, m. severe, acer, acris, acre ; gra- vis, -e. sharp, acer, acris, acre. sharply, acriter. shield, scutum, -i, n. ship, uavis, -is, /. shore, litus, -oris, n. short, brevis, -e. shout, clamor, -oris, m. show, demonstro, 1. sides (on all sides), undique (adv.). sign, siguum, -i, n. similar, similis, -e. since, cum. sister, soror, -oris, /. six, sex. sixth, sextus, -a, -um. sixty, sexaginta. size, magnitude, -inis, /. skill, ars, artis, /. skilful, peritus, -a, -um. slaughter, caedes, -is, /. slave, servus, -i, m. ; serva, -ae, /. slay, occido, -ere, -cidi, -cisum ; interficio, -ere, -feci, -fectum. slender, gracilis, -e. small, parvus, -a, -um. so {of degree) , tam ; so ... as, tarn . . . quam; so {of man- ner or consequence), ita; so great, tantus, -a, -um. soldier, miles, -itis, m. ; foot- soldier, pedes, -itis, m. somebody, aliquis, -qua or -quae, -quid; quisquam, quid- quam. something, aliquis, -qua or -quae, -quid ; quisquam, quidquam. son, filius, -1, m. song, carmen, -inis, n. soul, animus, -i, m. spare, parco, -ere, peperci (parsi), parsurus (parciturus). speech, oratio, -onis, /. spend the winter, hiemo, 1. spirit, animus, -!, m. [turn. spy, conspicio, -ere, -spexT, -spec- stand, sto, stare, stetT, statum ; stand one's ground, take a stand, consisto, -ere, -stiti. standard, signum, -i, n. state, ci vitas, -atis, /. still (atZu.), tamen. stone, lapis, -idis, m. storm, tempestas, -atis,/.; op- pugno, 1 ; take by storm, expugno, 1. story, f abula, -ae, /. strength, vTs, vis, vi, vim; pi. vires, vTrium, /. strengthen, confirmo, 1. strive, contendo, -ere, contend!, contentum. strong (be), valeo, 2. suitable, idoneus, -a, -um. summer, aestas, -atis, /. summon, convocd, 1. sun, sol, soils, m. ; sunset, solis occasus, -iis, m. superior (be), supero, 1. supplies, commeatus, -us, m. surpass, supero, 1. surrender, deditio, -onis, /. surrender {verb), tradS, -ere, -didi, -ditum. surround, circumdo, -dare, -dedi, -datum. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 257 suspicion, suspicio, -onis, /. swamp, palus, -fidis, /. swift, celer, celeris, celere ; velox, velocis, swiftly, velociter. swiftness, celeritas, -atis, /. sword, gladius, -i, m. table, mensa, -ae, /. take, occupo, 1 ; capio, -ere, cepi, captum ; take by storm, expugno, 1 ; take a position, consido, -ere, -sedi, -sessum ; consisto, -ere, -stiti ; take back, recipio. take care, euro, 1. tax, vectigal, -alls, n. teacher, magister, -tri, m. tell, narro, 1. tempest, tempestas, -atis,/. ten, decern (indecL). tenth, decimus, -a, -um. territory, fines, -ium, m., (pi. of finis) ; ager, -gri, m. ; terra, -ae, /. than, quam. that, ille, ilia, illud ; is, ea, id ; that (of yours), iste, ista, istud ; that, so that, in order that, ut ; that not, ne ; that, but that, quin. their, suus, -a, -um, (reflexive), eorum, earum, (gen. pi of is, not reflexive). there, ibi. thing, res, rei, /. think, puto, 1 ; arbitror, 1, dep. ; exTstimo, 1 ; cogito, 1. third, tertius, -a, -um. this, lilc, liaec, h5c. thither, eo. thou, tu, tui, tibi, te, tu, te. thousand, mille ; pl.^ milia. three, tres, tria. three hundred, trecenti, -ae, -a. through, per (with ace). throw, iacio, iacere, iecT, iac- tum ; throw together, con- icio, -icere, -iecl, -iectum; throw into confusion, per- turbo, 1. thy, tuus, -a, -um. time, tempus, -oris, n. tired, defessus, -a, -um. Titus, Titus, -1, m. to, ad, in (with ace). together, con in composition, as call together, convoco, 1 ; come together, convenio, -Ire, -venT, -ventum ; throw^ to- gether, conicio, -ere, -iecT, -iectum. toil, labor, -oris, m. ; laboro, 1. tongue, lingua, -ae, /. top of, summus, -a, -um. tower, turris, -is,/. town, oppidum, -i, n. tree, arbor, -oris, / trust, credo, -ere, credidi, credi- tum. try, Conor, 1, dep. turret, turris, -is,/ twentieth, vicesimus, -a, -um. twenty, viginti. two, duo, -ae, -5. two hundred, ducenti, -ae, -a. U. under, sub (with abl. except after verbs of motion; then with ace). 258 A FIRST BOOK IN LATIN. understand, intellego, -ere, -lexi, -lectum. unfavorable, adversus, -a, -um ; alienus, -a, -um. unhappy, miser, -era, -erum. unless, nisi. unwilling (be), nolo, nolle, nolui. urge, liortor, 1, dep. urge on, incite, 1. use, usus, -us, m. use, utor, uti, iisus sum. utmost, maximus, -a, -um. V. valor, virtus, -utis, /. vast, ingens, -entis. very, to he expressed by the superl. or sometimes by per- in com- position. victor, victor, -oris, w. village, vicus, -i, m. violence, vis, vis, /. violent, acer, -cris, -ere. violently, acriter (adv.). Virgil, Vergilius, -I, m. virgin, virgo, -inis, /. virtue, virtus, -utis, /. voice, vox, vocis, /. W. vrage war, bellum gero, gerere, gessT, gestum ; wage offensive war, bellum infero, inferre, intulT, illfitum. wait for, exspecto, 1. w^all, murus, -T, m. want, iiiopia, -ao,/. w^ar, bellum, -T, n. Avar-vessel, nfivis longa. %vaste (lay w^aste), vasto, 1. watch, vigilia, -ae, /. water, aqua, -ae, /. weapon, teluin, -i, n. weary, defessus, -a, -um. welcome, gratus, -a, -um. ■welfare, salus, -utis, /. what {rel.), qui, quae, quod; (interrog.)^ quis, quae, quid. when, cum. where, ubi. whether, num. which (reZ.), quT, quae, quod; (interrog.)^ quis, quae, quid. white, albus, -a, -um. who (reZ.), qui, quae, quod; (interrog.) , quis, quae, quid. w^hole, totus, -a, -um. why? cur. wide, latus, -a, -um. vi^idth, latitudo, -inis,/. w^ife, uxor, -oris,/. will, voluntas, -atis,/. willing (be), volo, velle, volui. wind, ventus, -i, m. wing, ala, -ae, /. ; wing of an army, cornu, -us, n. winter, liiems, hiemis, / ; win- ter quarters, hiberna, -orum, n. pi. ; pass the w^inter, hiemd, 1. wish, volo, velle, volui ; wish more or rather, malo, malle, malui. with, cum (with abl.), apud (icith ace). w^ithdraw (transitive), deduc5, -ere, -duxi, -ductum ; (intrans.), discedo, -ere, -cessT, -cessum; recipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 259 (reflexive with me, te, se, etc.). withstand, sustineo, -ere, -ul, -teutum. woman, mulier, -eris,/. ; femiiia, -ae,/. wonder at, miror, 1, dep. woods, silva, -ae,/. work, opus, operis, n. ; labord, 1 . worthy, dignus, -a, -um. wound, vulnus, -eris, n. ; vul- nero, 1. wretched, miser, -era, -erum. write, scrlbo, -ere, scrips!, scrip- tum. wrong, iniuria, -ae,/. Y. year, annus, -i, in. you, tfi (sing.), vos (pi.). your, vester, -tra, -trum, (belong- to more than one) ; tuus, -a, -um, (belonging to one). youth (young person), adules- ceus, -entis, m. ; iuvenis, -is, m. Announcetnent, THE STUDENTS' SERIES OF LATIN CLASSICS. UNDER THE EDITORIAL SUPERVISION OP ERNEST MONDELL PEASE, A.M., Leland Stanford Junior University, AND HARRY THURSTON PECK, Ph.D., L.H.D., Columbia College. This Series will contain those portions of the Latin authors that are usually read in American schools and colleges ; and to meet the growing demand for more liberal courses such other portions will be included as are well fitted for classroom use, but which have hitherto lacked suitable editions. In order to furnish permanent editions of uniform merit the work is distributed among a large number of special editors, and the several editions will be based for the most part upon approved German editions. While thus profiting by the valuable results of German scholarship, which give the assurance of marked excel- lence to the Series, each editor will nevertheless verify all the statements of the original, and add to and alter them as much as may be necessary to adapt his work to the needs of American students. The text will be carefully revised, and will be followed in a separate part of the book by a full commentary and index. The Series will also contain elementary and supple- mentary works prepared by competent scholars. Every effort will be made to give the books a neat and attrac- tive appearance. ^O DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED LOAN DEPT <^sll\-of,'?,y^s J J . General Librarv U.C.BERKELEY LIBRARIES CD4S^m27"l 7 UNIVERSITY OF CAUFORNIA LIBRARY